Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
"natu" has 1 results
5 results
| Word | Reference | Gender | Number | Synonyms | Definition |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
 | |||||
| pradhānam | 1.4.29 | Neuter | Singular | prakṛtiḥ | natur |
| |||||
| guṇāḥ | 1.4.30 | Masculine | Plural | quality of nature | |
| |||||
| saṃsiddhiḥ | 1.7.37 | Feminine | Singular | nisargaḥ, prakṛtiḥ, svarūpam, svabhāvaḥ | the natural state |
| |||||
| srotaḥ | Neuter | Singular | a natural stream | ||
| |||||
| akhātam | 1.10.27 | Neuter | Singular | devakhātam | a natural pond |
|
|
|||||||
| |||||||
| abhaya | m. of a natural son of bimbisāra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhijñā | f. supernatural science or faculty of a buddha- (of which five or six are enumerated, viz. 1. taking any form at will;2. hearing to any distance;3. seeing to any distance;4. penetrating men's thoughts;5. knowing their state and antecedents). confer, compare ṣaḍ-- abh-, parasmE-pada 1109  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adbhuta | mfn. ([once adbhut/a-  ]) (See 1. at-), supernatural, wonderful, marvellous  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhibhūta | n. nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhidaivika | mf(ā-)n. proceeding from the influence of the atmosphere or planets, proceeding from divine or supernatural agencies.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhitā | f. the nature or circumstance of a pledge commentator or commentary on | ||||||
| |||||||
| aghoraghorarūpa | m. "having a form or nature both not terrific and terrific", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| agnikalpa | (agn/i--) mfn. having the nature of fire  | ||||||
| |||||||
| agnyātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. having agni-'s nature.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āhāryaśobhā | f. adventitious beauty (not natural but the effect of paint, ornaments, etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ahinakulikā | f. the natural enmity between a snake and an ichneumon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aitadātmya | n. (fr. etad-ātman-), the state of having the nature or property of this (= ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akalpita | mfn. natural, genuine.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākāśātman | mfn. having the nature of air, aerial  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akhāta | mn. a natural pond or lake, a pool before a temple  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākṛtiloṣṭa | a clod from the field in its natural shape,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akṣahṛdaya | n. innermost nature of dice, perfect skill in gambling.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akṣāralavaṇa | n. not factitious (id est natural) salt | ||||||
| |||||||
| ālambana | n. (in rhetoric) the natural and necessary connection of a sensation with the cause which excites it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| alaukika | mf(ī-)n. not relating to this world, supernatural.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anarthabhāva | mfn. having a bad nature, malicious.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anilaprakṛti | mfn. "having an airy or windy nature", Name of the planet Saturn.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṇiman | m. atomic nature, the superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānirhata | mf(ī-)n. (fr. a-nirhata-), of indestructible nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anisarga | mfn. unnatural, unnaturally affected. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anta | m. condition, nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| antaḥprakṛti | f. the heart, the soul, the internal nature or constitution of a man.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| antaḥsattva | n. inner nature,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| antarbhāva | m. the being included by (locative case), internal or inherent nature or disposition.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuguṇa | m. natural peculiarity.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuloma | mf(ā-)n. "with the hair or grain"(opposed to prati-loma- q.v), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. anu-loma-), in the direction of the hair, in natural or regular order, in due course  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anulomikī | f. (with kṣānti-) resignation to natural consequences, (confer, compare an-- utpattika-- dharma-- kṣānti-, and ghoṣā-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomya | mf(ī-)n. in the direction of the hair, produced in natural or direct order | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomya | n. a direction similar to that of hairs, natural or direct order | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusāra | m. nature, natural state or condition of anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṇutā | f. minuteness, atomic nature. | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṇutva | n. minuteness, atomic nature. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anvaya | m. the natural order or connection of words in a sentence, syntax, construing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apākaja | mfn. natural.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apaśīla | mfn. ill-natured, mean, low,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apaviddhaputra | m. a son rejected by his natural parents and adopted by a stranger  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprakṛta | mfn. not natural.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprakṛti | f. not an inherent or inseparable property, accidental property or nature. | ||||||
| |||||||
| apraśasta | n. dirt, natural excretion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratiyatnapūrva | mf(ā-)n. not produced ("by force"=) artificially, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apravṛtti | f. (in med.) suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation, ischury, etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| apsumat | mfn. possessed of or shining in the waters (exempli gratia, 'for example' the lightning which does not lose its brilliant nature in the clouds) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārabhaṭa | m. (in dramatic language) the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| araṇa | mfn. without fighting (as death id est natural death) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ariṣṭa | n. a natural phenomenon boding approaching death  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arthatattva | n. the real object or nature or cause of anything (in compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arundhatī | f. Name of a kind of super natural faculty (also called kuṇḍalinī-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaṃskāra | m. want of embellishment or care, natural state,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āstikya | n. a believing nature or disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asurya | n. (3) spirituality, divine nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asvabhāva | m. unnatural or unusual character or temperament  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asvabhāva | mfn. of a different nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| aśvamahiṣikā | f. the natural enmity of a horse and a buffalo  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aśvasṛgālikā | f. the natural enmity between the horse and the jackal | ||||||
| |||||||
| atadguṇa | m. (in rhetoric) the use of predicates not descriptive of the essential nature of the object.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atattvārthavat | mfn. not conformable with the nature of truth | ||||||
| |||||||
| atiparokṣavṛtti | mfn. (in grammar) having a nature that is no longer discernible id est obsolete. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmabhāva | m. the self, proper or peculiar nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmabhūya | n. peculiarity, own nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. belonging to or forming the nature of (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. having or consisting of the nature or character of (in compound) ([ see saṃkalpā | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātman | m. essence, nature, character, peculiarity (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' karmā | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmatā | f. essence, nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmatattva | n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmatva | n. essence, nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmavid | mfn. knowing the nature of the soul or supreme spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| auṣṭra | n. camel-nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| autpattika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. ut-patti-), relating to origin, inborn, original, natural etc.; a4@priori  | ||||||
| |||||||
| autsargika | mfn. natural, inherent | ||||||
| |||||||
| avagraha | m. nature, original temperament  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvaraṇaśakti | f. the power of illusion (that which veils the real nature of things)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvaśyaka | n. a call of nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avikāra | m. non-change of form or nature, non-alteration  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avikriyātmaka | mfn. whose nature is unchangeableness | ||||||
| |||||||
| avikṛta | mfn. not prepared, not changed by artificial means, being in its natural condition , (said of cloth) not dyed | ||||||
| |||||||
| avyakta | n. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy)"the unevolved (Evolver of all things)" , the primary germ of nature, primordial element or productive principle whence all the phenomena of the material world are developed,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayāna | n. (equals sva.bhāva-),"natural disposition or temperament",  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āyāna | n. the natural temperament or disposition (see ayāna-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhallāṭa | m. Name of a particular supernatural being (wrong reading bhalvāṭa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāva | m. manner of being, nature, temperament, character (eko bhāvaḥ-or eka-bh-,a simple or artless nature; bhāvo bhāvaṃ nigacchati-= birds of a feather flock together) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvādvaita | n. natural or material cause (as thread of cloth) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvamadhura | mfn. sweet by (imitating or following) nature (as a picture) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvana | n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') nature, essence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvānuga | mfn. "following the object", natural, simple | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvika | mf(ī-)n. actually being or existing, real, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhīrusattva | mfn. fearful by nature, timorous  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhobhāva | m. the nature of bhoh-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhoktṛśakti | f. the faculty of the soul as the enjoyer and possessor of nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhrātṛvyajanman | (bhr/ā-) mfn. having the nature or character of a rivals  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūṣaṇatā | f. the being an ornament, ornature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtātman | m. "nature of all beings", war, conflict  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmasvarūpa | mfn. of the nature or essence of the one self-existing Spirit  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmatā | f. the state or nature of brahma  | ||||||
| |||||||
| budhudākāratā | f. the form or nature of a (mere) bubble  | ||||||
| |||||||
| calaprakṛti | mfn. of unsteady or wanton nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caṇḍarudrikā | f. knowledge of mystical nature (acquired by worship of the nāyikā-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| capalātmaka | mfn. of a fickle nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caritra | n. nature, disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caturṛddhipādacaraṇatalasupratiṣṭhita | mfn. well-established on the soles of the feet of the supernatural power (Buddha)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caurarūpin | mfn. thief-natured  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chidra | n. a hole, slit, cleft, opening etc. (daiva-kṛta-,"opening or hole made by nature", the cartilage of the ear, pupil of the eye ; draṃ-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cittajña | mfn. knowing the heart or the intentions of (genitive case), knowing human nature ( cittajñatā -tā- f.abstr.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dāhātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. of an inflammable nature, easily kindled or burning  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daivadatta | mfn. (for 2.See 2. daiva-) given by fate or fortune, innate, natural,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daivakṛta | mfn. caused by divine power or nature, natural (opp. to,"artificial") | ||||||
| |||||||
| daivapraśna | m. a supernatural voice heard at night (see upa-śruti-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| daivātyaya | m. danger or evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena | ||||||
| |||||||
| devakhāta | mfn. "dug by the gods", hollow by nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devakhāta | n. (m. Scholiast or Commentator) a natural pond or reservoir | ||||||
| |||||||
| devakuṇḍa | n. a natural spring | ||||||
| |||||||
| devanirmita | mfn. "god-made", created, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devasattva | mfn. having the nature of a god  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devātman | mfn. being of divine nature, containing a deity, sacred  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devī | f. a particular supernatural power (equals kuṇḍalinī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhāraṇātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. (nā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharma | m. virtue, morality, religion, religious merit, good works ( dharmeṇa dh/armeṇa- ind.or dharmāt māt- ind.according to right or rule, rightly, justly, according to the nature of anything; see below; dharmesthita mesthita- mfn.holding to the law, doing one's duty) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharma | m. nature, character, peculiar condition or essential quality, property, mark, peculiarity (equals sva-bhāva- ; see daśa-dharma-gata- etc.; upamāno) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmākṣepa | m. objection to the commonly accepted property or nature of anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharman | n. practice, custom, mode, manner (dh/armaṇā-, mabhis-; maṇas p/ari-in regular order, naturally; svāya dhar maṇe-at one's own pleasure; dharmaṇi-with the permission of, /adhi dh-against the will of [gen.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharman | n. (especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') nature, quality, characteristic mark or attribute (see an-ucchitti--) (see uñcha--[add.], kṣatra--, phala--, phena-.) (see dasyu--[add.]) (see cid-dh-[add.]) (see vināśa--.). | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmasthititā | f. the constant nature of dharma- | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmatā | f. essence, inherent nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmatva | n. inherent nature, peculiar property, | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharṣaṇātman | m. having a violent nature, Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛṣadvarṇa | mfn. of bold race or nature (agni-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| digdāha | m. glowing id est preternatural redness of the horizon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīptātman | mfn. having a fiery nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṣṭa | n. a description according to space and time (id est of a natural phenomenon) | ||||||
| |||||||
| divya | mfn. supernatural, wonderful, magical (aṅgāra- ; auṣadha- ; vāsas- ; see -cakṣus-, -jñāna-etc. below)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| divyacakṣus | n. a divine eye, supernatural vision | ||||||
| |||||||
| divyadharmin | mfn. "having a divine nature", virtuous, agreeable | ||||||
| |||||||
| divyatā | f. divinity, divine nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| divyopapāduka | mf(ī-)n. divinely born, celestial, supernatural | ||||||
| |||||||
| doṣala | mfn. of a faulty nature, defective, corrupt  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravatā | f. ( ) natural or artificial fluid condition of a substance, fluidity, wetness.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravatva | () n. natural or artificial fluid condition of a substance, fluidity, wetness. | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravatvaka | () n. natural or artificial fluid condition of a substance, fluidity, wetness. | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravyaprakṛti | f. the nature of a matter  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛkśakti | f. (with the pāśupata-s) a supernatural power of sight  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛṣṭārtha | mfn. knowing the matter or the real nature of anything | ||||||
| |||||||
| dugdhatā | f. milkiness, milky nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dugdhatva | n. milkiness, milky nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| dūragrahaṇa | n. seizing or perceiving objects from afar (a supernatural faculty)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durātman | mfn. evil-natured, wicked, bad etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durjāti | mfn. bad-natured, wicked etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durmaraṇa | () () n. any violent or unnatural death.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durmaratva | () n. any violent or unnatural death. | ||||||
| |||||||
| duṣprakṛti | f. a mean nature or bad character  | ||||||
| |||||||
| duṣprakṛti | mfn. evil-natured, bad-tempered | ||||||
| |||||||
| duṣṭabhāva | mfn. evil-natured, malignant, vicious | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvaibhāvya | n. double nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvaidhībhāva | m. duality, double nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvairūpya | n. duplicity of form, double appearance or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvaividhya | n. twofold state or nature or character, duplicity, variance | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvaya | n. twofold nature, falsehood  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvayātmaka | mfn. having a twofold nature, appearing in a twofold manner | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvijanman | mfn. having a double birth or birth-place or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvijātīya | mfn. of twofold nature or mixed origin, mongrel | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvisvabhāva | mfn. having a double nature or character  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvyātmaka | mfn. "double-natured"  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekabhāva | mfn. of the same nature, agreeing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekaśīla | mfn. of one and the same nature or character  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekātman | mfn. having the same nature, of one and the same nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| evamātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. of such a nature, so conditioned  | ||||||
| |||||||
| evambhūta | mfn. of such a quality or nature, such | ||||||
| |||||||
| evaṃjātīya | mfn. of such a kind or nature, such | ||||||
| |||||||
| evaṃsaṃsthitika | mfn. of such a nature or kind | ||||||
| |||||||
| gamaka | n. (in music) a deep natural tone  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gandhapiśācikā | f. the smoke of burnt fragrant resin ("imp-like"from its dark colour or cloudy nature)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gomayapāyasīyanyāyavat | ind. "in the manner of cow-dung and of milky food" id est very different in nature though having the same origin  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gopī | f. equals prakṛti-, nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gotva | n. the nature of an ox  | ||||||
| |||||||
| graha | m. a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner;sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn ;also 7 id est the preceding with rāhu- and ketu- ;also 9 id est the sun[ see ] and moon with the 7 preceding ;also the polar star is called a graha-, ();the planets are either auspicious śubha--, sad--,or inauspicious krūra--, pāpa-- ;with jaina-s they constitute one of the 5 classes of the jyotiṣka-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gṛhamedhinī | f. the wife of a householder ("natural intelligence"Scholiast or Commentator)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇātipāta | m. acting against nature,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guru | mf(vī-)n. (in prosody) long by nature or position (a vowel) (a vowel long both by nature and by position is called garīyas- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gurumat | mfn. containing a vowel which is long by nature or position | ||||||
| |||||||
| guruvarṇa | m. a vowel long by nature or by position | ||||||
| |||||||
| guruvṛtti | mfn. long by nature (vowel) | ||||||
| |||||||
| hailihila | mfn. of a sportive or wanton nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṃsa | m. a man of supernatural qualities born under a particular constellation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haritacārika | mfn. (perhaps) using supernatural means of locomotion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| harṣamaya | mf(ī-)n. whose essence or nature is joy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haviryajñavidha | mfn. (jñ/a--) of the nature of the havir-yajña-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hayatattvajña | mfn. acquainted with the nature of horses  | ||||||
| |||||||
| helā | f. wanton sport, frivolity, amorous dalliance (of women;in dramatic language one of the 20 natural graces[ sattva-ja alaṃkāra-]of the nāyikā-) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| helihila | mfn. of a sportive or wanton nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| hetu | m. "impulse", motive, cause, cause of, reason for (locative case,rarely dative case or genitive case; hetunā-, hetoḥ-, hetave-, hetau-,"for a cause or reason","by reason of","on account of"[with genitive case or compound exempli gratia, 'for example' mama hetoḥ-or mad-dhetoḥ-,"on account of me"]; kaṃ hetum-or ko heṭuḥ-,"wherefore?""why?" ; yato hetoḥ-,"because"; anena hetunā-or iti hetoḥ-,"for this reason"; mṛtyu-hetave-,"in order to kill"; hetur alaukikaḥ-,"a supernatural cause"; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' hetu-also ="having as a cause or motive","caused or effected or actuated or attracted or impelled by" exempli gratia, 'for example' karma-hetu-,"caused by the acts [of a former existence]"; māṃsa-hetu-,"attracted by [the smell of] flesh"; karma-phala-hetu-,"impelled by [the expectation of] the consequences of any act") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hutāśanamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of fire, having the nature or property of fire  | ||||||
| |||||||
| indreṇata | mf(ā-)n. naturally curved (as a reed)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaḍātman | mfn. "cold-natured, and stupid",  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jan | cl.1. ([ ]) and cl.10. j/anati-, te- (subjunctive janat- ; nāt- ; A1. nata- ; imperfect tense /ajanat- ; parasmE-pada j/anat-), jan/ayati-, te- (in later language only P. ; subjunctive n/ayat-; imperfect tense /ajanayat-; Aorist /ajījanat-; parasmE-pada jan/ayat-; infinitive mood j/anayitavai- ) , twice cl.3. (subjunctive jaj/anat- [ ] ; confer, compare ; proper jajanti- ; Aorist A1. j/aniṣṭa-; A1. /ajani- ; perf. jaj/āna-; 3. plural jajñ/ur- etc.; once jajan/ur-, ; parasmE-pada jñivas-; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood j/anitos-, ;[ ];Ved. ind.p. nitv/ī- ) to generate, beget, produce, create, cause etc. ; to produce (a song of praise, etc.) ; (cl.10. or Causal) to cause to be born ; to assign, procure ; cl.4. j/āyate- (Epic also ti-; imperfect tense /ajāyata-; pr. p. jayamāna-;fut. janiṣyate-;aor. /ajaniṣṭa-;1.[ ] and 3. sg. /ajani-; 3. sg. j/ani-, ; j/āni-, ; perf. jajñ/e-,2. sg. jñiṣ/e-3. plural jñir/e-, parasmE-pada jñān/a-) and ([ ]) cl.2. (?) A1. (2. sg. jañiṣ/e-,2. plural jiñre-, niṣvā-[ ], nidhvam- confer, compare ; imperfect tense 3. p. ajñata-[ Aorist ] ) , twice cl.1 A1. (imperfect tense 3. plural ajanatā- ; parasmE-pada j/anamāna-, ) to be born or produced, come into existence etc. ; to grow (as plants, teeth) ; to be born as, be by birth or nature (with double Nominal verb) ; to be born or destined for (accusative) (varia lectio jayate-for jāy-) ; to be born again ; to become, be etc. ; to be changed into (dative case) ; to take place, happen ; to be possible or applicable or suitable ; to generate, produce : Passive voice janyate-, to be born or produced : Desiderative jijaniṣati-, : Intensive jañjanyate- and jājāy-, (confer, compare ) ; ([ confer, compare Latin gigno,(g)nascor; Hibernian or Irish genim,"I beget, generate."])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| janman | n. nature, quality,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| janūrvāsas | n. the natural garment | ||||||
| |||||||
| januṣā | ind. instrumental case by birth, from birth, by nature, originally, essentially, necessarily | ||||||
| |||||||
| jāti | f. natural disposition to  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jātisvabhāva | m. specific or generic character or nature, | ||||||
| |||||||
| jātivaira | n. natural enmity | ||||||
| |||||||
| kākolūka | n. the crow and owl (as natural enemies) commentator or commentary on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kākolūkikā | f. the natural enmity between the owl and the crow on Va1rtt. 21. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālapakva | mfn. ripened or matured by time id est naturally (opposed to agni-p-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmam | ind. though, although, supposing that (usually with imperative) (kāmaṃ-na-or na tu-or na ca-,rather than exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmam ā maraṇāt tiṣṭhed gṛhe kanyā-- na enām prayacchet tu guṇa-hīnāya-,"rather should a girl stay at home till her death, than that he should give her to one void of excellent qualities";the negative sentence with na-or natu-or na ca-may also precede, or its place may be taken by an interrogative sentence exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmaṃ nayatu māṃ devaḥ kim ardhenā; kāmaṃ-- tu-or kiṃ tu-or ca-or punar-or athā;or the disjunctive particles may be left out ; yady-api-kāmaṃ tathā) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmāvasāyitā | f. the power of suppressing desire (one of the eight supernatural faculties of śiva-) (see yatra-kām-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmāvasāyitva | n. the power of suppressing desire (one of the eight supernatural faculties of śiva-) (see yatra-kām-.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāṇḍapṛṣṭha | m. an adopted or any other than a natural son  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kandara | f(ā-), am-, n. (as-, m. ) (; kaṃ-, jalena dīryate- ),"great cliff", an artificial or natural cave, glen, defile, valley etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karabhakāṇḍikā | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭa | m. forced, unnatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭārtha | mfn. giving a forced or unnatural meaning | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭatā | f. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭatva | n. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāya | m. natural temperament  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāyavyūha | m. the supernatural power of assuming several bodies simultaneously,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kevalātman | mfn. one whose nature is absolute unity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khadā | f. a hut, stable (a natural cavern?)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khātman | mfn. having the air as one's nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kiṃdharmaka | mfn. of what nature or character? commentator or commentary on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| komalasvabhāva | mfn. tender-natured.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| krīta | mfn. purchased from his natural parents (as a son;one of the twelve kinds of sons acknowledged by the ancient Hindu law)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| krītaka | mfn. bought from his natural parents (and adopted as male issue) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kriyāśakti | f. a śakti- or supernatural power as appearing in actions (opposed to dhī-ś-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kriyātmaka | mfn. (anything) the nature of which is action ( kriyātmakatva -tva- n.abstr.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| krodhamaya | mfn. one whose nature is anger  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtaka | mfn. not natural, adopted (as a son)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtrima | mf(ā-)n. made artificially, factitious, artificial, not naturally or spontaneously produced etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtrima | mf(ā-)n. not natural, adopted (as a son) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtrima | mf(ā-)n. not necessarily connected with the nature of anything, adventitious | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtyatattva | n. "the true nature of duty or obligation", Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| krūrātman | m. "of a cruel nature", Name of the planet Saturn | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣaitrajña | n. (fr. kṣetra-jñ/a- gaRa yuvā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣaṇabhaṅga | m. (with ) continual, decay of things (denial of the continued identity of any part of nature, maintainment that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣarātmaka | mfn. of a perishable nature, perishable  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣatra | n. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣatrarūpa | n. the nature of the kṣatra- | ||||||
| |||||||
| ḹ | f. female nature.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| labdhātiśaya | mfn. one who has obtained the possession of supernatural power, sāṃkhya-s.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laghiman | m. a kind of siddhi- or supernatural faculty of assuming excessive lightness at will (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laghusattva | mfn. "weak-natured", having a weak or fickle character | ||||||
| |||||||
| laghuvṛtti | mfn. having a light nature, light in conduct or behaviour | ||||||
| |||||||
| lalitavistara | m. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lalitavistarapurāṇa | n. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| lohitapuṣpī | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lokasīmātivartin | mfn. passing beyond ordinary limits, extraordinary, supernatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madgura | m. () a species of fish, Macropteronatus Magur ( madgurapriyā -priyā- f.a female Macropteronatus )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madguraka | m. Macropteronatus Magur | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhumatī | f. a particular supernatural faculty belonging to a yogin-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhupratīkā | f. (with or scilicet siddhi-) Name of certain supernatural powers and properties of a yogin- | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhurālāpa | m. sweet or melodious notes ( madhurālāpanisargapaṇḍita -nisarga-paṇḍita- mfn.acquainted with the nature of sweet notes id est skilled in sweet songs)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahadbhūtādhipati | m. a particular supernatural being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāmāyā | f. great deceit or illusion, the divine power of illusion (which makes the universe appear as if really existing and renders it cognizable by the senses), the illusory nature of worldly objects personified and identified with durgā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātman | mfn. (hā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahīdurga | mfn. inaccessible through (the nature of) the soil  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mala | n. (with śaiva-s) , original sin, natural impurity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| malinātman | mfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānasvarūpa | n. the nature of honour  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānasvarūpābhijñatva | n. knowledge of the nature of honour | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantravarṇa | mf(ī-)n. having the nature of id est resembling a sacred text or spell  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānuṣatva | n. the state or condition or nature of man, manhood, manliness, humanity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānuṣya | n. (fr. manuṣya-) human nature or condition, humanity, manhood, manliness etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| manuṣyadharman | m. "having the nature or character of man", Name of kubera-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānuṣyaka | n. human nature or condition (locative case as far as lies in man's power ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārātmaka | mfn. naturally murderous  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārjāraliṅgin | mfn. having the nature or character of a cat  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇa | n. Name of one of the 18 purāṇa-s (so called from its supposed author mārkaṇḍeya-;it expounds the nature of kṛṣṇa- and explains some of the incidents of the mahā-bhārata-;it differs from the other purāṇa-s in the form of its narrative rather than its sectarial character)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| martyabhāva | m. human state or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| māsa | m. a month or the 12th part of the Hindu year (there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, saura-;the natural, sāvana-;the stellar, nākṣatra-,and the lunar, cā;for the names of the monthsSee ) etc. (māsam-,for a month; māsam ekam-,for one month; māsena-,in the course of a month; māse-,in a month = after the lapse of a month)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛbandhū | f. an unnatural mother (see brahmab-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛgandhinī | f. "having only the smell of a mother", an unnatural mother | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛka | n. the nature of a mother | ||||||
| |||||||
| māyā | f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language) | ||||||
| |||||||
| medinīdina | n. a natural day  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mīmāṃsā | f. "examination of the Vedic text", Name of one of the 3 great divisions of orthodox Hindu philosophy (divided into 2 systems, viz. the pūrva-mīmāṃsā- or karma-mīmāṃsā- by jaimini-, concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of Vedic ritual and text, and usually called the mīmāṃsā-;and the uttara-mīmāṃsā- or brahma-mīmāṃsā- or śārīraka-mīmāṃsā- by bādarāyaṇa-, commonly styled the vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| miśraprakṛtika | mfn. of a mixed nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| miśravṛtta | n. a mixed story (partly popular and partly supernatural, as the source of a kind of drama) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mnā | (see ; manati- (grammar also perfect tense mamnau-; Aorist amnāsīt-; preceding mnāyāt-,or mneyāt-; future mnātā-and mnāsyati-; infinitive mood mnātum-: Causal mnāpayati- Aorist amimnapat-: Desiderative mimnāsati-: Intensive, māmnāyate-, māmnāti-, māmneti-), only in anu--, ā--, praty-ā--, sam-ā--, pari- | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛdukopa | mfn. mild in wrath, of a gentle nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛdupattrī | f. a species of pot-herb of the nature of spinage | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛgadharma | () mfn. having the nature of game.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛgadharman | () mfn. having the nature of game. | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūḍhasattva | mfn. foolish or silly by nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mudrā | f. (in rhetoric) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their right names  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mugdhasvabhāva | mfn. artless or charming by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūrtitva | n. the having a body, corporeal nature, materiality  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naikātman | mfn. of manifold nature (śiva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naisarga | mfn. innate, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāman | n. (prob. neither fr. ]; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f.either = m.or mnī-) a characteristic mark or sign, form, nature, kind, manner  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nātidoṣala | mfn. not of too bad quality or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| nātyupapanna | mfn. not quite natural or normal | ||||||
| |||||||
| nī | P. ny-eti- (3. plural ni-yanti-; parasmE-pada -yat-; imperfect tense ny-āyan- ind.p. nī ; to undergo the nature of id est to be changed into (bhāvam-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nilimpa | m. Name of a class of supernatural beings  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirūḍha | m. (in rhetoric) the force or application of words according to their natural or received meanings  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisarga | m. natural state or condition or form or character, nature (nisarga- in the beginning of a compound, nisargeṇa geṇa- ind., nisargāt gāt- ind.,or nisargatas ga-tas- ind.by nature, naturally, spontaneously)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargabhāva | m. natural state or condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargabhinna | mfn. naturally distinct | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargaja | mfn. innate, inborn, produced at creation, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisarganipuṇa | mfn. naturally clever | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargapadva | mf(ī-)n. naturally inclined to, feeling attracted towards (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargaśālīna | mfn. naturally timid or modest | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargasauhṛda | n. natural friendship, friendship from infancy | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargasiddha | mfn. effected by nature, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargavinīta | mfn. naturally discreet | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyam | P. -yacchati-, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (locative case) ; (A1.) to stop (intrans.), stay, remain ; to keep back, refuse ; (A1.) to fail, be wanting ; to fasten, tie to (locative case), bind up (hair etc.) etc. ; to hold over, extend (śarma-) ; to hold downwards (the hand) ; to bring near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts etc.) etc. ; to hold in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense etc.) etc. ; to suppress or conceal (one's nature) ; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to ; to restrict (food etc.; see below) ; to fix upon, settle, determine, establish on ; (in gram.) to lower, pronounce low id est with the anudātta- : Causal -yamayati-, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyakta | mfn. imbued with, having the nature of (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyūnapañcāśadbhāva | m. "having 49 (not full 50) properties of human nature", an idiot  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paiśācya | n. demoniacal nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pakṣatā | f. the essential nature of a proposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅkatā | f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parakāyapraveśana | n. entering another's body (a supernatural art)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāparadṛṣṭārtha | mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parapurapraveśa | m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariṇāmavat | mfn. having a natural development ( pariṇāmavattva ttva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāriṇāmika | m. (with bhāva- m.) natural disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariṇati | f. change, transformation, natural development | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivāha | m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water etc. (see parī-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parjanyātman | mfn. having the nature of parjanya-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paruṣa | m. Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum | ||||||
| |||||||
| paruṣa | n. the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum | ||||||
| |||||||
| parūṣa | m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared) or Xylocarpus Granatum | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryāpti | f. (in philosophy) distinction of objects according to their natural properties  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryāyātman | m. the finite nature, finiteness | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāśa | m. (with jaina-s) anything that binds or fetters the soul id est the outer world, nature (see also )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāśatva | n. the state or condition of the outer world or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| pauruṣeyatva | n. human nature or origin  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phaladharman | mfn. "having the nature of fruit", ripening soon and then falling to the ground or perishing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phalatraya | n. "fruit-triad", the 3 myrobalans ; 3 sorts of fruit collectively (the fruit of the vine, of Grewia Asiatica or Xylacarpus Granatum and Gmelina Arborea) | ||||||
| |||||||
| phaṇāvat | m. a kind of supernatural being | ||||||
| |||||||
| phenadharman | mfn. "having the nature of foam", transient  | ||||||
| |||||||
| piśācatva | n. the state or condition of a piśāca-, demoniacal nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pitrya | n. the nature or character of a father  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prabhāva | m. supernatural power  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhāna | n. primary or unevolved matter or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prajñātman | (jñā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākāmya | n. irresistible will or fiat (one of the 8 supernatural powers)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakāra | m. sort, kind, nature, class, species, way, mode, manner, etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakāśātmaka | mfn. equals śā | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakāśātman | mfn. brilliant in character or nature, brilliant, shining | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛta | mf(ā-,or ī-)n. (fr. pra-kṛti-) original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛtamitra | n. a natural friend or ally, a sovereign whose kingdom is separated by that of another from the country with which he is allied, W (see prākṛtā | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛtāri | m. a natural enemy, a sovereign of an adjacent country, | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛtatva | n. original or natural state or condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. "making or placing before or at first", the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition etc. (in the beginning of a compound and prakṛtyā tyā- ind.by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. (in the sāṃkhya- philosophy) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or guṇa-s called sattva-, rajas-and tamas-), Nature (distinguished from puruṣa-,Spirit as māyā- is distinguished from brahman- in the vedānta-s) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. (with tritīyā-) the third nature, a eunuch | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtibhava | mfn. natural, usual, common | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtibhāva | m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtibhūman | n. plural plurality of original form or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtija | mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛtika | mf(ī-)n. relating to pra-kṛti- or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtikalyāṇa | mf(ī-)n. beautiful by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtikṛpaṇa | mfn. naturally plaintive | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtikṛpaṇa | mfn. nature feeble (in discriminating) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtimat | mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtimat | mfn. in a natural or usual frame of mind | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtimaya | mf(ī-)n. being in the natural state or condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtiniṣṭhura | mfn. naturally hard or cruel | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtipuruṣa | m. (dual number) nature and spirit | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtisampanna | mfn. endowed with a noble nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtisiddha | mfn. effected by nature, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtisiddha | n. true or real nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtistha | mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy (also -sthita- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtistha | mfn. inherent, innate, incidental to nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtisubhaga | mfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtitarala | mfn. naturally changeful, volatile, fickle, dissolute | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtitva | n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtiviṣama | mfn. naturally rough | ||||||
| |||||||
| prākṛtodāsīna | m. a natural neutral, a sovereign whose dominions are situated beyond those of the natural ally | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramāṇādhika | mfn. being beyond measure, excessive, unnaturally strong  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramaṇas | mfn. good-natured, cheerful (see pramanas-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratibuddhavastu | mfn. understanding the real nature of things  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiloma | mf(ā-)n. against the hair or grain (opp. to anu-l-), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratilomānuloma | mfn. (in the beginning of a compound and pratilomānulomam am- ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural order or course | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiṣṭhā | f. the performance of any ceremony or of any solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple etc.; see prā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| priyātman | mfn. of a pleasant nature, pleasant, agreeable  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛthagātman | mfn. "having a separate nature or essence", separate, distinct, individual  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūga | m. disposition, property, nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pumprakṛti | f. the nature or character of a man  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṇyajana | m. (plural) good people (Name of a class of supernatural beings etc.;in later times Name of the yakṣa-s and of a particular class of rākṣasa-s )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| putrajagdhī | f. "one who has devoured her children", an unnatural mother Va1rtt. 2 | ||||||
| |||||||
| putraputrādinī | f. an unnatural mother (See putra-jagdhī-and Va1rtt. 2 ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājaśṛṅga | m. Macropteronatus Magur (a kind of fish)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rākṣasa | m. a rakṣas- or demon in general, an evil or malignant demon (the rākṣasa-s are sometimes regarded as produced from brahmā-'s foot, sometimes with rāvaṇa- as descendants of pulastya-, elsewhere they are styled children of khasā- or su-rasa-;according to some they are distinguishable into 3 classes, one being of a semi-divine benevolent nature and ranking with yakṣa-s etc.;another corresponding to Titans or relentless enemies of the gods;and a third answering more to nocturnal demons, imps, fiends, goblins, going about at night, haunting cemeteries, disturbing sacrifices and even devouring human beings;this last class is the one most commonly mentioned;their chief place of abode was laṅkā- in Ceylon;in they are fully described; see also ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakṣastva | n. the nature of a rākṣasa-, fiendishness, malice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakta | m. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktapuṣpa | m. Echinops Echinatus | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktasāra | mfn. whose essence is blood, having a sanguinary nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktatā | f. the nature of blood | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛddhi | f. accomplishment, perfection, supernatural power etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛddhipāda | m. one of the four constituent part of supernatural power | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛdūdara | mfn. (fr. ṛdu- equals mṛdu-and ud/ara-), having a soft or pleasant inner nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| rephin | mfn. having or containing the letter r-, having the nature of r-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| retodhas | m. (with or without pitṛ-) "a begetter", natural father  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rīti | f. natural propensity or disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛtajā | mfn. "truly-born", of a true nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛtajāta | mfn. of true nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛtaprajāta | mfn. of true nature, well made, proper, apt | ||||||
| |||||||
| rūpa | n. nature, character, peculiarity, feature, mark, sign, symptom etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rūpatattva | n. "reality of form", inherent property, nature, essence | ||||||
| |||||||
| rūpin | mf(iṇī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the form or nature or character of, characterised by, appearing as | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdārtha | m. the nature or meaning of sounds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdarūpa | n. the nature or quality of a sound, a particular sound | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdatva | n. the condition or nature of sounds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sābhāvya | n. (fr. sa-bhāva-) homogeneousness, identity of nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadasadātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. having the nature both of entity and non-entity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadasadātmatā | f. the having the nature both of entity and non-entity | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍātman | mfn. having six natures (said of agni-),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadātman | mfn. possessing a good nature, good, virtuous | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadharma | m. the same nature or qualities  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadharma | mfn. having the same nature or qualities | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadharman | mfn. having the same nature or similar properties, resembling, like, equal to (genitive case instrumental case,or compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadharmatva | n. the having a similar nature, homogeneousness | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādharmya | n. community or equality of duty or office or properties, sameness or identity of nature, likeness or homogeneousness with (genitive case or compound) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhubhāva | m. good nature, goodness, kindness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhya | m. (plural) "they that are to be propitiated", Name of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the gaṇa-devatā- q.v,sometimes mentioned in the veda- [see ];in the their world is said to be above the sphere of the gods;according to yāska-[ ] their locality is the bhuvarloka- or middle region between the earth and sun;in , the sādhya-s are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in , as children of the soma-sad-s, sons of virāj-;in the purāṇa-s they are sons of sādhyā-, and their number is variously twelve or seventeen;in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the siddha-sSee siddha-;and their names are manas-, mantṛ-, prā etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahabhū | mfn. innate, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahaja | mf(ā-)n. congenital, innate, hereditary, original, natural (in the beginning of a compound,by birth,"by nature","naturally";with deśa- m."birthplace","home") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahaja | m. natural state or disposition (said to be also n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajamalina | mfn. naturally dirty, spotty by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajamitra | m. a natural friend (as a sister's son, cousin etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajāndhadṛś | mfn. blind by nature or from birth | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajāri | m. a natural enemy, one hostile by birth (as the son of the same father by another mother, the son of a paternal uncle etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajasuhṛd | m. a natural friend | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajāta | mfn. innate, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajavatsala | mf(ā-)n. fond or tender by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajetara | mfn. other than natural, not innate or inherent or congenital, accidental | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāhajika | mfn. (fr. saha-ja-) innate, natural,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajodāsīna | m. one who is born neutral or who is naturally neither an enemy nor a friend, a common acquaintance, friend, unconnected by birth | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahasrātman | mfn. having a thousand natures  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śainātmaka | mfn. calm or tranquil by nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākhāmṛgatva | n. the condition or nature of a monkey  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakmya | n. that which belongs to anything, peculiar nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | f. the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the śākta- (q.v) sect of Hindus under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight śakti- goddesses are enumerated, as follow, indrāṇī-, vaiṣṇavī-, śāntā-, brahmāṇī-, kaumārī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, and māheśvarī-, but some substitute cāmuṇḍā- and caṇḍikā- for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. vaiṣṇavī-, brahmāṇī-, raudrī-, māheśvarī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, indrāṇī-, kārttikī-, and pradhānā-: others reckon fifty different forms of the śakti- of viṣṇu- besides lakṣmī-, some of these are kīrtti-, kānti-, tuṣṭi-, puṣṭā-, dhṛti-, śānti-, kriyā-, dayā-, medhā- etc.;and fifty forms of the śakti- of śiva- or rudra- besides durgā- or gaurī-, some of whom are guṇodarī-, virajā-, śālmalī-, lolākṣī-, vartulākṣī-, dīrgha-ghoṇā-, sudīrgha-mukhī-, go-mukhī-, dīrgha-jihvā-, kuṇḍodarī-, ardha-keśī-, vikṛta-mukhī-, jvālā-mukhī-, ulkāmukhī- etc.; sarasvatī- is also named as a śakti-, both of viṣṇu- and rudra-: according to the vāyu-purāṇa- the female nature of rudra- became twofold, one half asita-or white, and the other sita-or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included lakṣmī-, sarasvatī-, gaurī-, umā- etc.;those of the dark and fierce nature, durgā-, kālī- etc.) (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākuna | mf(ī-)n. having the nature of a bird  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śālakaṭaṅkaṭa | m. dual number Name of two supernatural beings  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śālīnaśīla | mfn. having a bashful disposition or retiring nature ( śālīnaśīlatva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śalyātman | mfn. of a prickly or thorny nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samabhāva | mfn. of like nature or property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādhāna | n. fixing the mind in abstract contemplation (as on the true nature of spirit), religious meditation, profound absorption or contemplation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samadharma | mf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') of equal nature or character, resembling | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādhiyogarddhitapovidyāviraktimat | mfn. possessing or accompanied with meditation and self-abstraction and supernatural power and mortification and knowledge and indifference  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃhitā | f. any methodically arranged collection of texts or verses (exempli gratia, 'for example' the rāmā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samīkṣā | f. essential nature or truth or principle (equals tattva- q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkalpasiddha | mfn. accomplished by mental resolve or will, one who has gained supernatural power through strength of will  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkalpātmaka | mfn. consisting of will or volition, having the nature of mental resolve | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃnatya | mfn. relating to natural bent or inclination,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnisarga | m. good-naturedness, gentleness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsiddhi | f. fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive word ( also ="nature";"natural state or quality";"a passionate or intoxicated woman") .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsiddhika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. saṃesiddhi-) effected naturally, belonging to nature, natural, native, innate etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsiddhika | mf(ī-)n. self-existent, existing by its own nature or essence, existing absolutely, absolute | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsiddhika | mf(ī-)n. effected by supernatural means (as spells etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsiddhikadrava | m. natural (as opp. to"generated") fluidity (exempli gratia, 'for example' that of water) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthā | f. quality, property, nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthāna | n. nature, state, condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthiti | f. nature, condition, quality, property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sannisarga | m. good nature, kindness | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārabhāṇḍa | n. a natural receptacle (as a bag or skin for holding musk etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śarabhatā | f. the condition or nature of a śarabha-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārāparādha | m. dual number the ability (of a criminal to suffer) and the nature of the crime (others,"the greatness of the crime") | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāratas | ind. according to the nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarga | m. nature, natural property, disposition, tendency  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārīraka | n. the soul or embodied spirit or the doctrine inquiring into its nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śarīrapradhānatā | f. the character or nature of the body ( śarīrapradhānatayā tayā- ind.in virtue of the body)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śarkaratva | n. the condition or nature of grit or gravel | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhāva | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) whole being or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhūtātman | m. the essence or nature of all creatures ( sarvabhūtātmamedhas ma-medhas- mfn."having a knowledge of the essence of all creatures") | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhūtātman | mfn. having the nature of all beings, containing all beings | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvadevātmaka | mfn. () having the nature of all gods, containing all gods | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvadevātman | mfn. () having the nature of all gods, containing all gods | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvātman | m. the whole being or nature ( sarvātmanā nā- ind."entirely, completely")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvātman | mfn. entire in person or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvātman | mfn. entire in person or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| satattva | n. natural property, nature ( satattvatas -tas- ind."really, in reality") | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaṭcaraṇatā | f. the state or nature of a bee  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātmatā | f. (sā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātmīkṛta | mfn. one who has made anything part of his nature id est become accustomed to (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātmya | mfn. agreeable to nature or natural constitution, wholesome | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātmya | m. community of essence or nature with (instrumental case or genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatru | m. (said to be for śat-tru-,fr. etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattāmātra | n. mere entity or existence ( sattāmātrātman trā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattva | n. true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvadhātu | m. the animal sphere, animated nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvānurūpa | mfn. according to nature, according to one's innate disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvasaṃśuddhi | f. purity of nature or disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvastha | mf(ā-)n. being in the nature (of anything) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvātman | mfn. having the nature of the quality of goodness | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvavihita | mfn. effected by nature, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāttvika | mf(ī-)n. natural, not artificial, unaffected (as style) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāttvika | m. a state of body caused by some natural emotion (constituting a class of 8 bhāva-s holding a middle place between the sthāyi-- and vyabhicāri-bhāva-s, viz. stambha-, sveda-, romā | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvotsāha | m. natural energy | ||||||
| |||||||
| satya | m. of a supernatural being | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātya | mfn. (fr. satya-,of which it is also the vṛddhi- form in compound) one whose nature is truth | ||||||
| |||||||
| satyajā | mfn. of a true nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| satyavrata | m. of a class of supernatural beings attending on satya-sena- | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumedhika | mfn. possessing supernatural knowledge or wisdom  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumya | mf(/ī-or ā-)n. mf(/ī-later ā-;once in s/aumyā-)n. (once in s/aumya-) relating or belonging to soma- (the juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god), connected or dealing with soma-, having his nature or qualities etc. etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumya | n. the nature or condition of soma- | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumyaprabhāva | mfn. of gentle nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| sauparṇya | n. the nature or state of an eagle or hawk (-vat-with cakṣus-,"an eye as sharp as an eagle's")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śauva | n. the nature or state of a dog  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śauvana | n. the nature of a dog | ||||||
| |||||||
| savailakṣya | mf(ā-)n. having contrary marks or characteristics, unnatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddha | mfn. perfected, become perfect, beatified, endowed with supernatural faculties (See 2. siddhi-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddha | mfn. effective, powerful, miraculous, supernatural | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddha | m. a siddha- or semidivine being of great purity and perfection and said to possess the eight supernatural faculties (See 2. siddhi-; according to to some, the siddha-s inhabit, together with the muni-s etc., the bhuvar-loka- or atmosphere between the earth and heaven; according to to eighty-eight thousand of them occupy the regions of the sky north of the sun and south of the seven ṛṣi-s;they are regarded as immortal, but only as living to the end of a kalpa- [ quod vide ];in the later mythology the are some times confused with the; sādhya-s [ quod vide ] or take their place) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddha | m. any great adept in magic or one who has acquired supernatural powers | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddha | n. magic, supernatural power | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddharasa | m. one who by means of quicksilver becomes a siddha- even in the present life (and so acquires supernatural powers) | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhasādhana | n. the performance of magical or mystical rites (for acquiring supernatural powers etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhatāpasa | m. an ascetic endowed with supernatural power | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhi | f. the acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means or the supposed faculty so acquired (the eight usually enumerated are given in the following śloka-, aṇimā- laghimā prā | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhika | (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = siddhi-2, supernatural power  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sikatātva | n. the condition or nature of sand  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīla | n. (and m. gaRa ardharcā etc. etc. good disposition or character, moral conduct, integrity, morality, piety, virtue etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śilātva | n. the state or nature of stone  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītamaya | mf(ī-)n. having a cold nature, cool  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiva | m. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrā ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, mahe etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivatva | n. the condition or nature of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| snā | (confer, compare ) sn/āti- cl.4 P. () snāyati- (Epic also A1. snāyate- Potential snāyāt-; Epic also snāyīta-; perfect tense sasnau-,3. plural sasnuḥ- ; future snātā- grammar; snāsyati-, te- etc.; Aorist asnāsīt- grammar; preceding snāyāt-[ confer, compare above] or sneyāt- ; infinitive mood snātum- etc.; ind.p. snātv/ā-, -sn/āya- etc.;Ved. also snātvī- ), to bathe, perform the ceremony of bathing or certain prescribed oblations (especially on returning home from the house of a religious preceptor, or on concluding certain vows etc., also with avabhṛtham-) etc. ; to smear one's self with (instrumental case) : Passive voice snāyate- (Aorist asnāyi- impersonal or used impersonally) : Causal snāp/ayati- or snap/ayati-, (with preposition only snāp-), to cause to bathe, wash, cleanse etc. ; to wash away ; to steep or soak in (locative case) ; to bathe with tears, weep for(?) : Desiderative sisnāsati- (but confer, compare siṣṇāsu-): Intensive sāsnāyate-, sāsnāti-, sāsneti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin nare.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| somātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. having the nature of the moon.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| somavidha | mfn. being of the nature of soma-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sṛgāla | m. an ill-natured or harsh-speaking man  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīgarbha | mfn. having welfare for its inner nature (applied to the sword and punishment)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīsvarūpiṇī | f. having the nature of śrī- (applied to rādhā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrotramaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting in hearing, whose nature or quality is hearing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sṛṣṭi | f. nature, natural property or disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| straiṇa | n. the nature of women  | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīsvabhāva | m. the nature of women | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīsvabhāva | m. "having a woman's nature", a eunuch | ||||||
| |||||||
| subhū | mfn. (n. plural mf. -bhv/as-) of an excellent nature, good, strong, beautiful etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sujāta | mfn. (or s/u--) well born or produced or made, of an excellent kind or nature, fine, beautiful etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukara | m. a good-natured horse  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūkaratā | f. the state or nature of a hog  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumahāsattva | mfn. of vigour noble nature or character  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śūnyatā | f. nothingness, non-existence, non-reality, illusory nature (of all worldly phenomena)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suparṇa | m. any mythical or supernatural bird (often identified with garuḍa-, and sometimes personified as a ṛṣi-, a deva-gandharva-, and an asura-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suparṇaka | m. garuḍa- or any supernatural bird | ||||||
| |||||||
| supriyātman | mfn. having a pleasant nature, very agreeable  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suśīlatā | f. excellence of temper or disposition, good morals, natural amiability  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suśīlatva | n. excellence of temper or disposition, good morals, natural amiability | ||||||
| |||||||
| susvabhāva | mf(ā-)n. good-natured  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvidha | mfn. of a good kind or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāva | m. own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvabhāva | m. natural disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvadaurjanya | n. natural or innate wickedness | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvadveṣa | m. natural hatred | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvaja | mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvakṛpaṇa | m. "naturally mean", Name of a Brahman | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvakṛta | mfn. done by nature, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvasiddha | mfn. established by nature, natural, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvaśūra | mfn. possessing natural heroes (others,"valiant by nature") | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvatā | f. () the state of innate disposition or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvatva | n. () the state of innate disposition or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvavāda | m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties | ||||||
| |||||||
| svābhāvika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. svabhāva-) belonging to or arising from one's own nature, natural, native, spontaneous, original, peculiar, inherent ( svābhāvikatva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svābhāviketara | mf(ā-)n. not natural or inherent | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvokti | f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate description of the properties (of things) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvonnatabhāva | mfn. high-minded by nature ( svabhāvonnatabhāvatva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| svābhāvya | n. own peculiarity, own nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svacaryā | f. one's own nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svadhā | f. (for svadh/ā-See p.1280) self-position, self-power, inherent power (according to to some, Name of Nature or the material Universe; sva-dh/ayā-"by self-power")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svadhā | f. own state or condition or nature, habitual state, custom, rule, law | ||||||
| |||||||
| svākāra | m. (for sv-āk-See p.1283) one's own nature, natural disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svālakṣaṇya | n. (fr. sva-lakṣaṇa-) specific characteristics, natural disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svānurūpa | mfn. natural, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| svapradhānatā | f. one's own natural state | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarasa | m. natural or peculiar flavour | ||||||
| |||||||
| svārasika | mfn. natural, self-evident | ||||||
| |||||||
| svārasya | n. naturalness, self-evidence | ||||||
| |||||||
| svārtha | mf(ā-)n. having one's object, expressing (its) own inherent or true meaning, having a natural or literal meaning, having a similar merits (equals sā | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpa | n. own condition, peculiarity, character, nature (eṇa-or in the beginning of a compound,"by nature","in reality""by itself") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpa | mfn. having a like nature or character, similar, like, (wrong reading for sa-r-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpagata | mfn. endowed with one's own form or nature, having a like character | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpaka | nf(ikā-). (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') own condition, peculiarity, character, nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpatā | f. (or svarūpatātva -tva- n.) the state of one's own form or nature (tayā-,"literally","in reality") | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpatā | f. the having a natural form, identity of form or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpatas | ind. by nature, in reality, by itself | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarūpin | mfn. having one's own or natural form | ||||||
| |||||||
| svasamuttha | mfn. produced or existing by self, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| svasiddha | mfn. naturally one's own, belonging to one's self by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svastha | mf(ā-)n. self-abiding, being in one's self (or"in the self"), being in one's natural state, being one's self uninjured, unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well, healthy (in body and mind;often varia lectio for su-stha-), comfortable, at ease (Comparative degree -tara-) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svasthībhū | P. -bhavati-, to become one's self, return to one's natural condition, become well or sober | ||||||
| |||||||
| svasthīkṛ | P. -karoti-, to make one's self, make well, reduce to one's natural condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| svasvabhāva | m. one's natural disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| svatas | ind. by nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svātman | m. one's own self, one's self (= reflexive pronoun), one's own nature ( svātmatā ma-tā- f.) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svaujas | mfn. having natural or peculiar energy | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayamātṛnṇa | mf(/ā-)n. full of natural holes | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayamātṛnṇṇavat | mfn. full of natural holes | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayamavadīrṇa | n. a natural fissure on the surface of the earth | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayaṃkṛta | mf(/ā-)n. (or svay/aṃ-k-) made or performed or effected or committed or composed by one's self, natural, spontaneous (with vigraha-,"a war undertaken on one's own account") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayammlāna | mfn. faded or withered of itself (id est naturally) | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayammṛta | mfn. one who has died a natural death (literally of his own accord) | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayaṃśreṣṭha | mfn. best or most excellent by nature (said of śiva-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayuktitas | ind. in natural course, of course, naturally | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayuktyā | ind. in natural course, of course, naturally | ||||||
| |||||||
| svīyākṣara | m. one's own handwriting or signature, autograph  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tadātmaka | mfn. constituting its nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tādātmaka | mf(ikā-)n. (fr. tad-ātman-) denoting the unity of nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tādātmya | n. sameness or identity of nature or character with (instrumental case,loc., or in compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tapaḥprabhāva | m. supernatural power (acquired by) austerities  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taṭastha | n. a property distinct from the nature of the body and yet that by which it is known, spiritual essence,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathābhāva | m. the being of such a nature, true nature, accomplishment  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathābhūta | mfn. of such qualities or kind or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathāgata | mfn. being in such a state or condition, of such a quality or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathātā | f. true state of things, true nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| tattvabhāva | m. true being or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| tattvajña | mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' knowing the truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly (a-- negative, ) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| tattvavid | mfn. knowing the true nature of(genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tattvena | ind. instrumental case according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately | ||||||
| |||||||
| tejastva | n. the nature or essence of light  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tiryagyoni | f. the womb of an animal, animal creation, organic nature (including plants)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tiryaktā | f. animal nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| tiryaṅniraya | m. animal nature as a (hell or) punishment for evil deeds | ||||||
| |||||||
| traibhāvya | n. threefold nature gaRa brāhmaṇā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tridaśatā | f. divine nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tripatāka | mfn. (with lalāṭa-,the forehead) marked naturally with 3 wrinkles  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tṛtīyaprakṛti | f. "3rd nature", a eunuch  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuvijāta | mfn. of powerful nature (indra-, varuṇa-, etc.), .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ubhayātmaka | mfn. of both natures or kinds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaliṅga | n. a portent, natural phenomenon considered as boding evil  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaplava | m. a portent or natural phenomenon (as an eclipse etc.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasarga | m. misfortune, trouble, a natural phenomenon (considered as boding evil) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaśruti | f. a kind of supernatural oracular voice (answering questions about future events, and supposed to be uttered by an idol after mystic invocations, vidhāna-pārijāta- ) etc., (see śakuno | ||||||
| |||||||
| urusattva | mfn. magnanimous, of a generous or noble nature.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uṣṭrakāṇḍī | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utpātika | mfn. (PrakrituppAiya) supernatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛta | mf(ī-)n. not natural, perpetuated by adoption (as a family)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛta | n. an unnatural phenomenon, portent | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛtya | n. an unnatural phenomenon, portent | ||||||
| |||||||
| vailakṣya | n. the reverse of what is usual or natural, unnaturalness, affectation (see sa-vailakṣyam-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiśeṣika | n. Name of the later of the two great divisions of the nyāya- school of philosophy (it was founded by kaṇā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vājitā | f. the state or nature of a horse  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajrasamānasāra | mfn. having a diamond-like essence or nature, hard as adamant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajrasāra | mfn. having the essence or nature of a diamond | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāksiddha | n. supernatural perfection in speech  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāmajāta | (vām/a--) mfn. lovely or dear by nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vānaprastha | m. a class of supernatural beings  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapus | n. nature, essence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇa | m. colour = race, species, kind, sort, character, nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇapuṣpī | f. Echinops Echinatus | ||||||
| |||||||
| varuṇatva | n. the state or nature of varuṇa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśiman | m. the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśitā | f. the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will, unbounded power of (compound;a bodhi-sattva- is said to have 10 vaśitā-s, viz. āyur--, citta--, pariṣkāra--, dharma--, ṛddhi--, janma--, adhimukti--, praṇidhāna--, karma--,and jāna-v- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśitva | n. the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastu | n. natural disposition, essential property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastudharma | m. sg. and plural the true nature of things ( vastudharmatva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastudharmin | mfn. dependent on the nature of a thing, objective | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastuka | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = vastu-2, substance, essence (in an-ūna-v-,"of perfect substance or nature" )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastutas | ind. owing to the nature of things | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastūtthāpana | n. invention of things or of incidents through supernatural causes (in a drama) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastūtthāpanā | f. invention of things or of incidents through supernatural causes (in a drama) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasu | mf(u-or vī-)n. of a particular class of gods (whose number is usually eight, and whose chief is indra-, later agni- and viṣṇu-;they form one of the nine gaṇa-s or classes enumerated under gaṇa-devatā- q.v;the eight vasu-s were originally personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with the other gaṇa-s common in the veda-, viz. the eleven rudra-s and the twelve āditya-s, constituting with them and with dyau-s,"Heaven", and pṛthivī-,"Earth"[or, according to some, with indra- and prajā-pati-, or, according to others, with the two aśvin-s], the thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made;the names of the vasu-s, according to the viṣṇu-purāṇa-, are, 1. āpa- [connected with ap-,"water"];2. dhruva-,"the Pole-star";3. soma-,"the Moon";4. dhava- or dhara-;5. anila-,"Wind";6. anala- or pāvaka-,"Fire";7. pratyūṣa-,"the Dawn";8. prabhāsa-,"Light";but their names are variously given; ahan-,"Day", being sometimes substituted for 1;in their relationship to Fire and Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than Puranic mythology) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasurūpa | mfn. having the nature of the vasu-s (said of śiva-) (also applied to an ancestor on offering the piṇḍa- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśya | f. () or n. ( ) the supernatural power of subjecting to one's own will, any act (such as the repetition of spells) performed with that object | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātātmaka | mfn. having a rheumatic nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātātman | mfn. having the nature of wind or air, airy | ||||||
| |||||||
| vayovidha | mfn. (vayo-for 2. v/ayas-) of the kind or nature of birds | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāyumaya | (vāy/u--) mf(ī-)n. having the nature of the wind or of air  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veda | m. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedāṅgatva | n. the nature or condition of a vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedānta | m. Name of the second and most important part of the mīmāṃsā- or third of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (called vedā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedatva | n. (for 2.See) the nature of the veda-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedavedāṅgatattvajña | mfn. one who knows the nature or truth of the veda- and vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedavidyātmaka | mfn. one whose nature is knowledge of the veda-, thoroughly versed in Vedic lore | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegavidhāraṇa | n. obstruction of the natural excretions, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veśabhāva | m. the nature or condition of prostitutes  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vetālasiddhi | f. the supernatural power of a vetāla-, | ||||||
| |||||||
| vettṛ | m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and God | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyādhara | m. a kind of supernatural being (dwelling in the himā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyādharī | f. a female of the above class of supernatural beings, fairy, sylph etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vijñāna | n. worldly or profane knowledge (opp. to jñāna-,"knowledge of the true nature of God") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikāra | m. (for 1.See) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification, change (especially for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikramaṇa | n. (with pāśupata-s) supernatural power ( vikramaṇadharmitva -dharmi-tva- n.the being possessed of the above power)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikriyā | f. transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikṛta | mfn. (especially) deformed, disfigured, mutilated, maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vilakṣa | mf(ā-)n. having a different mark or a character different to what is usual or natural, strange, extraordinary  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīrabhāva | m. heroic nature, heroism,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīralalita | n. a hero's natural way of acting | ||||||
| |||||||
| virañj | P. A1. -rajyati-, te-, to be changed in colour, be discoloured, lose one's natural colour etc. ; to become changed in disposition or affection, become indifferent to, take no interest in (ablative or locative case) etc.: Causal -rañjayati-, to discolour, stain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virūpa | mf(ā-)n. deformed, misshapen, ugly, monstrous, unnatural etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virūpa | n. difference of form, variety of nature or character | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśālanetrī | f. of a supernatural being  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣāmṛtamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of poison and nectar, having the nature of both  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣavimuktātman | mfn. one whose soul or nature is released from poison | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśeṣaṇatva | n. adjectival nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśeṣyatā | f. the being defined or qualified, substantival nature ( viśeṣyatāvāda -vāda- m.Name of work) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇumaya | mf(ī-)n. emanating from viṣṇu-, belonging to viṣṇu-, having the nature of viṣṇu- etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇutva | n. viṣṇu-'s nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśuddhātman | mfn. of a pure nature or character | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvātmanas | ind. (knowing any one) in his whole nature, thoroughly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyoni | mfn. contrary to one's own nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛddhaśīlin | mfn. having the nature or disposition of an old man  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛttānta | m. nature, property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛtti | f. mode of being, nature, kind, character, disposition | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyādhisamuddeśīya | mfn. descriptive of the nature of diseases  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākaraṇātmaka | mfn. having the nature or faculty of discrimination  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyatikaravat | mfn. mixed, of contrary kind or nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yā | (collateral form of) y/āti- (1. plural yāmahe- ; imperfect tense 3. plural ayuḥ- ; ayān- Scholiast or Commentator; perfect tense yay/au-, yay/ātha-, yay/a-, yay/uḥ- etc.; yaye- ; Aorist ayāsam-or ayāsiṣam-; subjunctive y/āsat-, yeṣam-, yāsiṣat- ; preceding yāsiṣīṣṭhās- ; future yātā- etc.; yāsyati- ; te- ; infinitive mood yātum- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood y/ai-, y/ātave-or v/ai-; ind.p. yātv/ā- ; -y/āya-, -yāyam- ), to go, proceed, move, walk, set out, march, advance, travel, journey (often with instrumental case or accusative of the way, especially with gatim-, mārgam-, adhvānam-, panthānam-, padavīm-, yātrām-) etc. ; to go away, withdraw, retire etc. ; (also with palā (with kṣemeṇa-or svasti-,to escape unscathed ) ; to go towards or against, go or come to, enter, approach, arrive at, reach etc. etc. (with accusative often followed by prati- exempli gratia, 'for example' with gṛham-,to enter a house;with ripum prati-,to march against the enemy;with mṛgayām-,to go out hunting;with śirasāmahīm-,to bow down to the ground with the head;with prakṛtim-,to return to one's natural state;with karṇau-,to come to the ears, be heard;with utsavād utsavam-,to go from one festival to another;with hastam- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to fall into the hands of;with patham-or gocaram- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to come within range of; especially with the accusative of an abstract noun = to go to any state or condition, become, be exempli gratia, 'for example' vināśaṃ yāti-,he goes to destruction id est he is destroyed; kāṭhinyaṃ yāti-,it becomes hard; dveṣyatāṃ yāti-,he becomes hated;similarly nidhanaṃ-;or even with dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yayatuḥ sva-niveśāya-,both went home ; na cā; phalebhyo yāti-,he goes to [fetch] fruits Scholiast or Commentator) ; to go to for any request, implore, solicit (with two accusative) ; (with striyam-) to go to a woman for sexual intercourse ; to go to for any purpose (infinitive mood) ; often with adverbs exempli gratia, 'for example' with bahir-, to go out ; with adho-, to go down, sink ; with khaṇḍaśo- or dalaśo-, to fall to pieces ; with śata-dhā-, to fall into a hundred pieces ; to extend to (accusative) ; to last for (accusative) ; to pass away, elapse (said of time) etc. ; to vanish, disappear (as wealth) ; to come to pass, prosper, succeed ; to proceed, behave, act ; to find out, discover ; to receive or learn (a science) from (ablative) ; to undertake, undergo (accusative) ; imperative yātu-, be it as it may : Passive voice yāyate-, to be gone or moved : Causal yāp/ayati- (Aorist ayīyapat-), to cause to depart, cause to go or march, dismiss ; to cause to go towards (accusative) (see yāpita-) ; to direct (the gaze) towards (locative case) (varia lectio pātayati-) ; to drive away remove, cure (a disease) ; to cause to pass or elapse, pass or spend (time) etc. ; to live (pāli- yāpeti-) ; to cause to subsist, support, maintain ; to induce : Desiderative yiyāsati-, to intend or be about to go, desire to proceed etc.: Intensive īyāyate- (?) , to move ; yāyayate-, yāyeti-, yāyāti- grammar | ||||||
| |||||||
| yādṛś | mfn. (for yad-dṛś-; Nominal verb in veda- yādṛṅ- ; yādṛk- ; locative case yādṛśmin- ) , which like, as like, of whatever kind or nature etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yakṣa | n. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition, ghost, spirit (according to to some native Comms. equals yajña-, pujā-, pūjita-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yakṣma | m. sickness, disease in general or Name of a large class of diseases (prob. of a consumptive nature) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yamasattvavat | mfn. having yama-'s nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāmyasattvavat | mfn. having the nature or character of yama- (varia lectio yama-s-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathābhāva | mfn. having whatever nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādharmam | ind. according to nature or character | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathātmaka | (thā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāthātmya | n. (fr. yathā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāvyādhi | ind. according to the (nature of a) disease  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathopapanna | mfn. just as may happen to be at hand, just as happened, just as occurring, unconstrained, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yatrakāmāvasāya | m. the supernatural power of transporting one's self anywhere one likes (said to belong to yogin-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yatsvabhāva | mfn. being of which nature or character | ||||||
| |||||||
| yavaka | mfn. being of the nature of barley gaRa sthūlā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoga | m. a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical art  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogabala | n. the force of devotion, the power of magic, supernatural power  | ||||||
325 results
| |
| akaraṇam | अकरणम् [कृ-भावे ल्युट् न. त.] Not doing, absence of action; अकरणान्मन्दकरणं श्रेयः. -ण a. [न. ब.] 1 Not artificial, natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the Supreme Spirit). |
| |
| akalpita | अकल्पित a. [न. त.] Not artificial or manufactured; natural, genuine. |
| |
| akṛtrima | अकृत्रिम a. [न. त.] 1 Natural, not man-made. -2 Spontaneous. -3 Valid, true. |
| |
| akṣaḥ | अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I.8.9.1.2 and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131. |
| |
| akṣāra | अक्षार a. [नास्ति क्षारं यत्र] Free from artificial salt -रः Natural salt गोक्षीरं गोघृतं चैव धान्यमुद्रास्तिला यवाः । सामुद्र- सैन्धवं चैव अक्षारंलवणं स्मृतम् ॥ -Comp. -लवणम् (-रा˚) [क्षारेण ऊषरमृत्तिकया निर्वृत्तं-अण् क्षारं कृत्रिमं लवणं; न. त.] natural salt; मुन्यन्नानि पयः सोमो मांसं यच्चानुपस्कृतम् । अक्षारलवणं चैव प्रकृत्या हविरुच्यते ॥ Ms.3.257 (अकृत्रिमलवणं सैन्धवादि); ˚लवणान्नाः- स्युः 5.73; चतुर्थकालमश्नीयादक्षारलवणं मितम्11.19; sometimes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for the performance of religious duties; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c. |
| |
| akṣiti | अक्षिति a. [न. ब.] Imperishable. -तिः f. Imperishable nature; यो वैषामक्षितिं वेद सो$न्नमिति प्रतीकेन Br. &Aamacr;r. Up.1.5.1. |
| |
| akṣetra | अक्षेत्र a. [न.त.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. -त्रम् 1 A bad field (अप्रशस्तम् क्षेत्रम्); अक्षेत्रे बीजमुत्सृष्टमन्तरैव विनश्यति Ms.1.71. -2 Not a good geometrical figure. -3 (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of anything). Comp. -विद् a. [क्षेत्रं देहतत्त्वं तत्त्वतो न जानाति; विद्-क्विप्] destitute of spiritual knowledge; not knowing the true nature of the क्षेत्र or body (क्षेत्रतत्त्वानभिज्ञः आत्मत्वेन देहाभिमानी जीवः); So अक्षेत्रज्ञ. |
| |
| akhāta | अखात a. [न. त.] Not dug; not buried. अखाते च तडागे च प्रविष्टो मकरः कथम् । Udbhaṭa. -तः-तम् A natural lake or pool of water; a bay; especially a pool before a temple. |
| |
| agamya | अगम्य a. [न गन्तुमर्हति गम्-यत्; न. त.] 1 Not fit to be walked in or approached, unapproachable, inaccessible (lit. & fig); योगिनामप्यगम्यः &c. -2 Inconceivable, in-comprehensible; मनसो$गम्य ईश्वरः God transcends mind (conception or thought); याः सम्पदस्ता मनसो$प्यगम्याः Śi.3.59. See under गम्य also. -Comp. -रूप a. of unsurpassed or inconceivable nature, form, &c. ˚रूपां पदवीं प्रपित्सुना Ki.1.9. |
| |
| agniḥ | अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2. |
| |
| aṅkaḥ | अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic. |
| |
| aṅghāri | अङ्घारि a. [ऋ-इण् पृषो] Ved. Of a bright or splendid form or nature (दीप्तिशील); an enemy to sin or evil (?). |
| |
| acchandas | अच्छन्दस् a. [न. ब.] 1 Not studying the Vedas (as a boy before the मुञ़्ज ceremony), or not entitled to that study (as a Śūdra). -2 Not metrical, not of the nature of metres, i. e. prose. -3 Without fancy or whim. |
| |
| aṇiman | अणिमन् m. [अणु-इमनिच्], अणुता-त्वम् 1 Minuteness, smallness, thinness, leanness, fineness. -2 Atomic nature. -3 The superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, one of the 8 powers or Siddhis of Śiva; (अणिमा लघिमा प्राप्तिः प्राकाम्यं महिमा तथा । ईशित्वं च वशित्वं च तथा कामावसायिता). |
| |
| atantra | अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33. |
| |
| atīndriya | अतीन्द्रिय a. [अतिक्रान्त इन्द्रियम्] Beyond the cognizance (reach) of the senses; अतीन्द्रियेष्वप्युपपन्नदर्शनः R. 3.41; यत्तत्सूक्ष्ममतीन्द्रियं ज्ञानं यन्निर्विकल्पाख्यं तदतीन्द्रियमुच्यते; ˚ज्ञाननिधिः Śi.1.11 -यः The soul or Puruṣa, (in Sāṅkhya Phil.); the Supreme Soul. -यम् 1 Pradhāna or Nature (in Sāṅkhya Phil.). -2 The mind (in Vedānta) यो$सावतीन्द्रियग्राह्यः सूक्ष्मो$व्यक्तः सनातनः Ms.1.7 (Kull. इन्द्रियमती वर्तते इति ˚यं मनः). |
| |
| adbhutaḥ | अद्भुतः a. [Uṇ.5.1 अदि भुवो डुतच्; according to Nir. न भूतम् 'the like of which did not take place before.] 1 Wonderful, marvellous; ˚कर्मन् of wonderful deeds; ˚गन्ध having wonderful smell; ˚दर्शन, ˚रूप; prodigious; extraordinary, transcendental, supernatural. -2 Ved. Unobserved, invisible (opp. दृश्य). -तम् 1 A wonder, a wonderful thing or occurrence, a prodigy, miracle; देव अद्भुतं खलु संवृत्तम् Ś.5 a wonderful or unexpected occurrence; आकालिकमनध्यायं विद्यात्सर्वाद्भुतेषु च Ms.4. 118. -2 Surprise, astonishment, wonder (m.) also; ˚उद्भ्रान्तदेवासुराणि विक्रान्तचरितानि U.6 lost in wonder. -3 One of the five proportions of the measurement of height; in this measurement height is twice the breadth; हीनं तु द्वयं तद्द्विगुणं चाद्भुतं कथितम् Māna.11.2. 23. -तः 1 One of the 8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous sentiment; जगति जनितात्यद्भुतरसः U.3.44. -2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Manvantara. -Comp. -उत्तरकाण्डम् N. of a work, an appendix to or imitation of the Rāmāyaṇa. -एनस् a. Ved. in whom no sin is visible. -धर्मः a system of prodigies. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of a portion of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāmaveda. -रामायणम् N. of a work ascribed to Vālmīki. -शान्तिः f. N. of the Sixtyseventh Pariśiṣṭa of the Atharvaveda. -संकाश a. resembling a marvel; so ˚उपम. -सारः the wonderful resin (of the खदिर or Catechu plant) (Mar. खैराची राळ); Mimosa Catechu. -स्वन a. having a wonderful sound. (-नः) N. of Śiva. |
| |
| adrava | अद्रव a. [न. त.] Not liquid, not of the nature of a liquid. -वः Not a liquid. |
| |
| advaita | अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin. |
| |
| adhara | अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. |
| |
| adhyas | अध्यस् 4 P. 1 To place upon another, add or append to. -2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; सर्वो हि पुरो$वस्थिते विषये विषयान्तरमध्यस्यति, बाह्यधर्मानात्मन्यध्यस्यति Ś.B. |
| |
| ananya | अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1. |
| |
| anapāya | अनपाय a. 1 Free from loss or decay. -2 Imperishable, undiminished, undecaying; प्रणमन्त्यनपायमुत्थितम् (चन्द्रम्) Ki.2.11. -यः 1 Imperishable nature, freedom from decay or wear and tear; permanence. -2 N. of Śiva. |
| |
| anarghatvam | अनर्घत्वम् ता Pricelessness, invaluable nature; H. Pr.4. |
| |
| anavasthāna | अनवस्थान a. Unstable, unsteady, fickle. विस्रम्भमनव- स्थानस्य Bhāg.5.6.2. -नः Wind. -नम् 1 Instability, uncertainty, unsettled nature; जयपराजयानवस्थानात् Dk.161. -2 Looseness of conduct, incontinence. |
| |
| anātha | अनाथ a. [न. ब.] Helpless, poor, forlorn, parentless, orphan (as a child); widowed (as a wife); having no master or natural protector, without a protector in general; नाथवन्तस्त्वया लोकास्त्वमनाथा विपत्स्यसे U.1.43; R. 12.12. -थम् Ved. Helplessness. किं भ्रातासद्यदनाथं भवाति । Rv.1.1.11. -Comp. -पिण्डदः, -पिण्डिकः 'giver of food to the poor', N. of a merchant in whose garden Buddha Gautama used to instruct his pupils. -सभा a poor-house. |
| |
| anāhārya | अनाहार्य a. 1 Not artificial, natural, not producible. -2 Not eatable. |
| |
| anitya | अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.). |
| |
| anilaḥ | अनिलः [अनिति जीवति अनेन, अन् इलच् Uṇ.1.54] 1 Wind; वायुरनिलममृतमथेदम् Īśop.17. प्राणानामनिलेन वृत्तिरुचिता Ś.7.12; स सखा दीप इवानिलाहतः Ku.4.3. (The number of winds is 7:- आवहो निवहश्चैव उद्वहः संवहस्तथा । विवहः प्रवहश्चैव परिवाहस्तथैव च ॥ and these are again subdivided into 7 divisions, the total number being 49). -2 The god of wind. -3 One of the subordinate deities, 49 of whom form the class of winds. -4 N. of one of the 8 Vasus, i. e. the fifth. -5 The wind in the body, one of the humours; ˚हन्, ˚हृत्, ˚घ्न. -6 Rheumatism or any disease referred to disorder of the wind. -7 The letter य्. -8 Symbolical expression for the number 49. -9 N. of the lunar asterism स्वाति. -1 N. of Viṣṇu (तस्य प्राणात्मना सर्वदेहधारणात् तथात्वम्). -Comp. -अयनम् way or course of the wind. -अशन, -आशिन् a. [अनिलमश्नातीति] 1 feeding on the wind, fasting. -2 a serpent. आर्जवेन विजानामि नासौ देवो$निलाशन Mb.12.36.5. -अन्तकः (wind-destroying) N. of a plant (Iṅgudī) or अङ्गारपुष्प. -आत्मजः son of the wind, epithet of Bhīma and Hanūmat. -आमयः [अनिलकृतः आमयः शाक. त.] 1 flatulence. -2 rheumatism (वातरोग). -घ्न, -हन्, -हृत् a. curing disorders from wind. -घ्नकः a large tree (बिभीतक) Terminalia Belerica. (Mar. बेहडा). -पर्यायः pain and swelling of the eyelids and outer parts of the eye. -प्रकृति a. of a windy nature. (-तिः) N. of the planet Saturn. -भद्रकः a. kind of chariot. With regard to shape the chariots are divided into seven classes - नभस्वद्भद्रक, प्रभञ्जनभद्रक, निवातभद्रक, पवनभद्रक, परिषद्भद्रक, इन्द्रकभद्रक, and अनिलभद्रक Māna.43.112-115. -व्याधिः derangement of the bodily (internal) wind. -सखः, -सारथिः fire (the friend of wind); जनमेजयस्य वो यज्ञे धक्ष्यत्यनिलसारथिः Mb.1.15.1. so ˚बन्धुः. |
| |
| anisarga | अनिसर्ग a. Unnatural, affected. |
| |
| anuguṇa | अनुगुण a. [अनुकूलो गुणो यस्य] Having similar qualities, of the same nature; कान्तारतापसाविक्षू वंशकानुगुणौ स्मृतौ Susr.; conformable to, favourable or agreeable to, suitable, according to; मनोरथस्यानुगुणं सर्वदा यस्य चेष्टितम् Mv.7.7 obedient to the will 7.38; गुणसम्पदानुगुणतां गमितः Ki.6.33;1.13; congenial, suitable, fit; ˚अन्न- लाभात् Dk.64,94; अननुगुणदाराणाम् Dk.13 not having wives worthy of themselves; (वीणा) उत्कण्ठितस्य हृदयानुगुणा वयस्या Mk.3.3 agreeable or pleasing to the heart, exactly after the heart (Tv. here takes ˚णा mean तन्त्रीयुक्तवीणा itself); अत्र द्वावप्युपध्मानीयावेव न शान्तानुगुणौ R. G.; रसानुगुणतामेति S. D.; ˚णं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -णः A natural peculiarity. -णम् adv. 1 Favourably, conformably to one's desires; चिरेणानुगुणं प्रोक्ता प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95. -2 Agreeably or conformably to (in comp.); तदादेशानुगुणं भवदागमनमभूत् Dk. 11. -3 Naturally. |
| |
| anuloma | अनुलोम a. [अनुगतः लोम P.V.4.75.] 1 'With the hair', regular, in natural order, successive (opp. प्रतिलोम); hence favourable, agreeable; ˚सुखो वायु- रनुसारयतीव माम् Rām.; त्रिरेनामनुलोमामनुमार्ष्टि Śat. Br.; °reeकृष्टं क्षेत्रं प्रतिलोमं कर्षति Sk. ploughed in the regular direction. -2 Mixed as a tribe. -मा A woman of the lower caste than that of the man's whom she marries; सकामास्वनु- लोमासु न दोषस्त्वन्यथा दमः Y.2.288. -मम् adv. In regular or natural order; प्रतिलोममालिम्पेन्नानुलोमम् Suśr. -माः (pl.) Mixed castes. -Comp. -अय a. having fortune favourable. -अर्थ a. speaking in favour of; जडानप्यनु- लोमार्थान् प्रवाचः कृतिनां गिरः Śi.2.25. -कल्पः the thirty-fourth of the Atharvaveda Pariśiṣṭas. -ग a. straight going; प्रदक्षिणा ग्रहाश्चापि भविष्यन्त्यनुलोमगाः Mb.3.19.92. -ज, -जन्मन् a. born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father; said of the mixed tribes; संकीर्णयोनयो ये तु प्रतिलोमानुलोमजाः Ms.1.25; Y.1.95. -परिणीत a. married in regular gradation. |
| |
| anuṣaṅgin | अनुषङ्गिन् a. 1 Connected with, adhering or sticking to; अनीकजे रजसि मुखानुषङ्गिणि Śi.17.57. -2 Following as a necessary consequence; यस्यानुषङ्गिण इमे भोगादयो भवन्ति Bh.3.76. -3 Related or applicable to, common, prevailing (अनुक्षणं प्रसक्त); सप्तकस्यास्य वर्गस्य सर्वत्रैवानुषङ्गिणः Ms.7.52; विभुतानुषङ्गि भयमेति जनः Ki.6.35 connected with, natural to, greatness. -4 Addicted to, devoted or attached to, fond of. |
| |
| anusāraḥ | अनुसारः 1 Going after, following (fig. also); pursuit; व्याधानुसारचकिता हरिणीव यासि Mk.1.17; शब्दानु- सारेण अवलोक्य Ś.7 looking in the direction of the sound; कपटानुसारकुशलः Mk.9.5 following up or tracing fraud. -2 Conformity to, accordance with, suitability, conformity to usage; किरणानुसारगलितेन K.137, 194, 24; धर्मशास्त्रानुसारेण Y.2.1. -3 Custom, usage, established practice; अनुसारादधिका (वृद्धिः) Ms.8.152. -4 Received or established authority, especially of codes of law. -5 Nature, natural condition of anything. -6 Currency, prevalence. -7 Consequence, result. अनुसारतः anusāratḥ अनुसारेण anusārēṇa अनुसारतः अनुसारेण (in comp.) In accordance with, conformably to. |
| |
| anuhṛ | अनुहृ 1 P. 1 To imitate, resemble; देहबन्धेन स्वरेण च रामभद्रमनुहरति U.4; व्रीडितस्य ललितं युवतीनां क्षीवता बहु- गुणैरनुजह्रे Ki.9.67, sometimes with gen. of person; मातुरनुहरति Sk.; see below. -2 To take after (one's parents), to always imitate their nature (A. in this sense) (गतताच्छील्ये); पैतृकमश्वा अनुहरन्ते मातृकं गावः P.I.3.21 Vārt.; (गतं प्रकारः, पितुर्मातुश्चागतं प्रकारं सततं परि- शीलयन्ति Sk.) |
| |
| aneka | अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83. |
| |
| anaikāntyam | अनैकान्त्यम् Variable nature. |
| |
| anta | अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word. |
| |
| antar | अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart. |
| |
| antara | अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव. |
| |
| antarbhāvaḥ | अन्तर्भावः 1 being included or comprised in, inclusion; तेषां गुणानामोजस्यन्तर्भावः K. P.8. -2 Inherent or natural condition or disposition. -3 Disappearance, becoming invisible; सर्वे अन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.26. |
| |
| anvayaḥ | अन्वयः [इ कर्तरि भावे वा अच्] 1 Going after, following; follower, retinue, attendants; का त्वमेकाकिनी भीरु निरन्वयजने वने Bk.5.66. -2 Association, connection, relation; गन्धः कटुकान्वयः = कटुकान्वितः. -3 The natural order or connection of words in a sentence, construing grammatical order or relation; पदानां परस्पराकाङ्क्षा योग्यता च, or शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम्; तात्पर्याख्यां वृत्तिमाहुः पदार्थान्वय- बोधने S. D.; logical connection of words, अत्र (in the ex. तिष्ठतु सर्पिः) सर्पिःशब्दस्य स्थितिक्रियायामन्वयः P. VIII.3.44 Sk; परस्परनिरपेक्षस्यानेकस्य एकस्मिन्नन्वयः समुच्चयः P.II.2.29 Sk. -4 Drift, tenor, purport. -5 Race, family, lineage; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये R.1.9,12;3.27;12. 33; अन्वयगुणः Mv.4.22 virtue of my race. -6 Descendants, posterity; ताभ्य ऋते अन्वयः Y.2.117; स˚ along with the family or descendants; Ms.2.168; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -7 Logical connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; जन्माद्यस्य यतो$न्वयादितरतः Bhāg.1.1.1. -8 Being seen (प्रत्यक्ष); स्यात्साहसं त्वन्वयवत् प्रसभं कर्म यत्कृतम् । निरन्वयं भवेत्स्तेयम्... Ms.8.332. -9 (In Nyāya) Statement of the constant and invariable concomitance of the हेतु (middle term) and the साध्य (major term) of an Indian syllogism (हेतुसाध्ययोर्व्याप्तिरन्वयः). In the familiar instance पर्वतो वह्निमान् धूमवत्त्वात् the relation यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निः (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called अन्वय or अन्वयव्याप्ति. अन्वय, in fact, corresponds to the universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' The 'व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति' means an assertion of the concomitance of the absence of साध्य and the absence of हेतु (तदभावयोः हेत्वभावसाध्याभावयोः व्याप्तिः) and corresponds to the converted A proposition 'All not-B is not-A'; or in Sanskrit यत्र यत्र वह्निर्नास्ति तत्र तत्र धूमो$पि नास्ति; and a cause or हेतु is said to be connected with its effect by अन्वयव्यतिरेकव्याप्ति when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the Vyāpti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितम् Mu.5.1. -Com. -आगत a. hereditary; Pt.1,3; ˚तं वैरम् Pt.3. -ज्ञः a genealogist; अथ स्तुते बन्दिभिरन्वयज्ञैः R.6.8. -व्यतिरेक (˚कौ or ˚कम्) 1 positive and negative assertion; agreement and contrariety or difference; see above. -2 rule and exception. -व्याप्तिः f. affirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal. |
| |
| apamṛtyuḥ | अपमृत्युः [अपकृष्टो दुष्टहेतुजन्यत्वेन मृत्युः] 1 Sudden or untimely death, accidental or unnatural death; भर्तृ- सक्तो$पमृत्युस्तस्य संचरति Pt.4. -2 Any great danger, illness &c. from which a person, hopelessly given up for lost, recovers, quite contrary to expectation. |
| |
| apāka | अपाक a. Ved, [fr अञ्च् with अप] 1 (a) Situated aside or behind. (b) Remote, distant. (c) Coming from a distant place. (d) Unequalled, incomparable, very great (अनल्प Sāy.); ˚चक्षुस् of unequalled brightness; ˚कात्-का aside, distant; ˚केस्थ standing behind. -2 Raw, unripe. -3 Not matured, undigested. -4 (पाकः पक्तव्यप्रज्ञः मूर्खः तद्विलक्षणः Of matured intellect, wise) Rv.1.11.2,6.12.2. -कः 1 Indigestion (of food &c.). -2 Immaturity not being ripe or cooked. -Comp. -ज a. 1 not produced by cooking or ripening. -2 natural, original; Bhāṣā P.42,95. -शाकम् ginger. |
| |
| apūrvatā | अपूर्वता त्वम् Not having existed before, incomparableness, unparalleled or extraordinary nature; अपूर्व- त्वात्प्रबन्धस्य Mv.1. |
| |
| aprakṛtiḥ | अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination. |
| |
| apratiyatnaḥ | अप्रतियत्नः Natural or spontaneous state. |
| |
| apravṛttiḥ | अप्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Not engaging in action or proceeding, not taking place. -2 Inertia, inactively, non-excitement, absence of incentive or stimulus. -3 (In medic.) Suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation ischuria &c. |
| |
| apsu | अप्सु a. [नास्ति प्सु रूपं यस्य Nir.] 1 Formless, shapeless. -2 Not beautiful. Note : -अप्सु forms the first member of several compounds. -क्षित् a god (dwelling within the clouds); अप्सुक्षितो महिनैकादश स्थ Rv.1.139.11. -चर a. aquatic; moving in waters. P.IV.3.1. -ज, जा a. born in the waters or in the atmosphere; यदग्ने दिविजा अस्यप्सुजा वा सहस्कृत Rv.8.43.28. (-जाः) -योनिः 1 a horse. -2 a cane or reed. -जित् vanquishing the aerial Asuras. -मत् a. possessed of what is in water; not losing one's nature in water (as lightning); getting sufficient water. -योनि a. born from the waters. |
| |
| abhijña | अभिज्ञ a. [ज्ञा-क्र] 1 Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of (with gen. or loc. in comp.); कान्तारवनदुर्गाणामभिज्ञा Rām.4.39.28. यद्वा कौशलमिन्द्रसूनुदमने तत्राप्यभिज्ञो जनः U.5.34; अभिज्ञाच्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41, Me.16; R.7.64; अनभिज्ञो भवान्सेवाधर्मस्य Pt.1. -2 Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clever; यदि त्वमीदृशः कथायामभिज्ञः U.4., see अनभिज्ञ also. -ज्ञः Brahmā, The Almighty; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्त्यमभिज्ञमात्रं विन्देत ते तर्हि सर्वमनीषितार्थम् Bhāg.12.8.44. -ज्ञा 1 Recognition. -2 Remembrance, recollection; अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III. 2.112. -3 A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:- (1) taking any form at will; (2) hearing to any distance; (3) seeing to any distance; (4) penetrating men's thoughts; (5) knowing their state and antecedents. Monier Williams. cf. नामस्मृत्योरभिज्ञा स्यात् Nm. |
| |
| abhipreta | अभिप्रेत p. p. 1 Meant, aimed at, intended; designed; अत्रायमर्थो$भिप्रेतः; किमभिप्रेतमनया Bh.3.67; निवेदयाभिप्रेतम् Pt.1. -2 Wished, desired; यथाभिप्रेतमनुष्ठीयताम् H.1. -3 Approved, accepted; पूर्वैरयमभिप्रेतो गतो मार्गो$नुगम्यते Rām. -4 Dear or agreeable to, favourite with, beloved; धर्मस्तवाभिप्रेतः Dk.42; S.6. -5 Wishing. -तम् Intellectual nature (बुद्धिवृत्तिः); त्वं प्रभास्त्वमभिप्रेतम् Mb.1.23.18. |
| |
| amānuṣa | अमानुष a. (-षी f.) 1 Not human, not belonging to man, supernatural, unearthly, superhuman; आकृतिरेवा- नुमापयत्यमानुषताम् K.132, ˚आकृतिः K.131,132,258; ˚शक्तित्वम् 13; ˚गीतध्वनिम् 126 an unearthly melody. -2 Inhuman, monster-like; ill-disposed towards man. -3 Tenantless, desolate; ˚षं वनम् 135. -षः, -षी One not a man, an irrational animal; Ms.9.284, स्त्रीणामशिक्षित- पटुत्वममानुषीषु संदृश्यते Ś.5.22. |
| |
| ayāta | अयात a. Not gone. अयातमस्य ददृशे न यातम् Av.1.8.8. -Comp. -पूर्व a. following, succeeding, subsequent to. -याम a. not old or weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn out by use; अयातयामं सर्वेभ्यो भागेभ्यो भागमुत्तमम् Mb.3.114.11. ˚मं च यौवनम् Dk.123 fresh, blooming; ˚मं वयः 158; छन्दांस्ययातयामानि Bhāg.1.8.42. (where Śrīdhara says अ˚ = विगतदोषाणि free from faults, faultless, pure. (-मम्) N. of certain texts of the Yajurveda revealed to Yājñavalkya. ˚यामता freshness, unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.) -Comp. -यामन् a. Ved. not weak, fresh. |
| |
| ayānam | अयानम् 1 Not going or moving, stopping, halt. -2 Natural disposition, nature. |
| |
| ayāvaka | अयावक a. Naturally red. |
| |
| araṇyam | अरण्यम् (sometimes) m. also, [अर्यते गम्यते शेषे वयसि ऋ-अर्तेर्निच्च Uṇ.3.12] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; प्रियानाशे कृत्स्नं किल जगदरण्यं हि भवति U.6.3; माता यस्य गृहे नास्ति भार्या चाप्रियवादिनी । अरण्यं तेन गन्तव्यं यथारण्यं तथा गृहम् ॥ Chāṇ. 44; तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Muṇd.1.2.11. oft. used at first member of comp. in the sense of 'wild', 'grown or produced in forest'; ˚बीजम् wild seed; ˚कार्पासि, ˚कुलत्थिका; ˚कुसुम्भः &c; so ˚मार्जारः, ˚मूषकः. -2 A foreign or distant land; अरण्येषु जर्भुराणा चरन्ति Rv.1.163.11. -ण्यः N. of a plant कट्फल (Mar. कायफळ) -Comp. -अध्यक्षः headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger. -अयनम्, -यानम् going into the forest, becoming a hermit; अथ यदरण्यायनमित्या- चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तद् Ch. Up.8.5.3. -ओकस्, -सद् a. 1 dwelling in woods, being in a forest; किंतु ˚सदोवयं अनभ्यस्त रथचर्याः U.5; वैक्लव्यं मम तावदीदृशमपि स्नेहादरण्यौकसः Ś. 4.6. -2 especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorite, forest-dweller. -कणा wild cumin seed (Mar. जिरें) -कदली wild plantain. -काण्डम् N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa which embodies Rāmā's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Viśvāmitra. -गजः a wild elephant (not tamed). -गानम् N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Sāmaveda (to be chanted in the forest). -चटकः a wild sparrow. -चन्द्रिका (lit.) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) an ornament or decoration which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on स्त्रीणां प्रियालोक- फलो हि वेषः Ku.7.22 remarks अन्यथा$रण्यचन्द्रिका स्यादिति भावः. -चर (˚ण्येचर also), -जीव a. wild, living in woods. -ज a. wild; ˚आर्द्रका wild ginger. -जीरम् wild cumin. (Mar. कडू जिरें). -दमनः N. of a plant. -द्वादशी, -व्रतम् N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Mārgaśīrṣa. -धर्मः 1 wild state or usage, wild nature; तथारण्यधर्माद्वियोज्य ग्राम्यधर्मे नियोजितः Pt.1 -2 the duties of a Vānaprastha or anchorite. -धान्यम्, -शालिः wild rice (नीवार). -नृपतिः, -राज् (ट्), -राजः 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so अरण्यानां पतिः. -पण्डितः [अरण्ये एव पण्डितः, न तु नगरादिषु जनसमाजेषु] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person (who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors). -पर्वन् N. of the first section of the Mb. -भव a. growing in a forest, wild; यथा˚ वास्तिलाः Pt.2.86. -मक्षिका a gadfly (Mar. घोडमाशी) -मुद्रकः a kind of wild bean. -यानम् retiring to the woods. -रक्षकः conservator of forests, forest-keeper. -राज्यम् sovereignty of the woods. -रुदितम् (˚ण्ये˚) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with no one to heed it, or anything done to no purpose; अरण्ये मया रुदितम् Ś.2; प्रोक्तं श्रद्धाविहीनस्य अरण्यरुदितोपमम् Pt.1.393; तदलमधुनारण्यरुदितैः Amaru.76. -वायसः a wild crow, raven. -वासः, -समाश्रयः 1 retiring into woods, residence in a forest; ˚योन्मुखं पितरम् R.12.8. -2 a hermitage, forest habitation. -वासिन् a. living in a forest, wild; m. a forest-dweller, an anchorite. (-नी) N. of a plant अत्यम्लपर्णी. -वास्तु (-स्तू)कः N. of a plant वनवेतः. -विलपितम्, -विलापः (˚ण्ये) = ˚रुदितम् above. -श्वन् m. 'a wild hound', wolf. -षष्ठी N. of a festival celebrated on the 6th day of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -सभा a forest-court. |
| |
| arthaḥ | अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing. |
| |
| ātman | आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare. |
| |
| ātmaka | आत्मक a. (At the end of comp.) Made up or composed of, of the nature or character of &c.; पञ्च fivefold, made up of five; संशय˚ of a doubtful nature; so दुःख˚ sorry, grieved; दहन˚ hot; विष˚ poisonous &c. &c.> |
| |
| ātmya | आत्म्य a. 1 Belonging to oneself, one's own, personal. -2 (At the end of comp.) Having the nature of. |
| |
| ādi | आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation. |
| |
| ādhitvam | आधित्वम् ता The nature or circumstance of a pledge; ˚उपाधि the object or purpose for which a pledge is given. |
| |
| ādhyāsika | आध्यासिक a. (-की f.) [अध्यासेन कल्पितः ठक्] Caused by adhyāsa i. e. by attributing the nature and properties of one thing to another (in Vedānta Phil.). |
| |
| ānirhata | आनिर्हत a. Ved. Of indestructible nature; wholly gone out of the world (Mahīdhara). -तः A class of principal deities. |
| |
| ānulomya | आनुलोम्य a. 'In the direction of the hair', produced in natural or direct order. -म्यम् [अनुलोमस्य भावः कर्म वा ब्राह्म ˚ष्यञ् P.] 1 Natural or direct order, proper arrangement; आनुलोम्येन संभूता जात्या ज्ञेयास्त एव ते Ms.1. 5,13. -2 Regular series or succession. -3 Favourableness, fit disposition. -4 Bringing to one's right place. |
| |
| ānṛśaṃsa | आनृशंस स्य a. Mild, kind; merciful. -सम्, -स्यम् 1 Mildness. -2 Kindness; आनृशंस्याद् ब्राह्मणस्य Ms.1.11; बिभृयादानृशंस्येन स्वानि कर्माणि कारयन् 8.411. -3 Compassion, pity, mercy. -4 Patronising, Protective nature; स्त्री प्रणष्टेति कारुण्यादाश्रितेत्यानृशंस्यतः Rām.5.15.5. |
| |
| āntara | आन्तर a. [अन्तर् मध्ये भवः अण्] 1 Internal, secret, hidden; व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -2 Inmost, inward; U.2. -रम् Inmost nature; न बाह्यं किंचन वेद नान्तरम् Bṛi. Up.4.3.21. -Comp. -ज्ञ Knowing the hidden secret (of things &c.); विवृण्वतेव कल्याणमान्तरज्ञेन चक्षुषा Māl.1.8. -प्रपञ्चः (In phil.) The fantasies of the soul produced by ignorance. आन्तरतम्यम् āntaratamyam आन्तर्यम् āntaryam आन्तरतम्यम् आन्तर्यम् Nearest or closest relationship (as of letters); यथाप्यान्तरतम्यपरीक्षायामुपयोक्ष्यन्ते । Sk. -आन्तरागारिक a. belonging to the duties of a storekeeper or chamberlain. -कः The chamberalain -कम् The office of the above. |
| |
| āntarāla | आन्तराल a. [अन्तरालं वेत्ति अण्] One conversant with the inner nature, N. of a philosophical sect. |
| |
| āpatanam | आपतनम् 1 Approaching, coming, assailing &c. -2 Happening, occurrence. -3 Descending, alighting. -4 Obtaining. -5 Knowledge; क्वचित् प्राकरणिकादर्थादप्राकरणिक- स्यार्थस्यापतनम् S. D.1. -6 Natural sequence, necessarily following. |
| |
| āyānam | आयानम् 1 Coming, arrival; अस्मिन्ना वामायाने वाजिनी- वसू Rv.8.22.18. -2 Natural temperament, disposition, nature. -3 An ornament of the horse; Hch.7. |
| |
| ārabhaṭaḥ | आरभटः [आरभ्-अटि] An enterprising or courageous man. -टः, -टी Boldness, confidence. -टी 1 A branch of the dramatic art, machinery of the drama, representation of supernatural, horrible events on the stage; मायेन्द्रजालसंग्रामक्रोधोद्भ्रान्तादिचेष्टितैः । संयुक्ता वधबन्धाद्यै- रुद्धतारभटी मता ॥ (said to be of four kinds, see S. D.42 et. seq.). -2 A kind of literary style (वृत्ति). -3 A particular style of dancing. |
| |
| āropaḥ | आरोपः 1 Attributing the nature or properties of one thing to another; वस्तुन्यवस्त्वारोपो$ध्यारोपः Vedānta S.; attributing or assigning to, imputation; दोषारोपो गुणेष्वपि Ak. -2 Considering as equal; identification (as in सारोपा लक्षणा). -3 Superimposition. -4 Imposing (as a burden), burdening or charging with. -5 Placing in or upon. -6 Relating to. -7 Superior position. |
| |
| ālambanam | आलम्बनम् 1 Depending on or from, hanging from. -2 Support, prop, stay; एतदालम्बनं श्रेष्ठमेतदालम्बनं परम् Kaṭh. Up.2.17. Ki.2.13; जातस्य नदीतीरे तस्यापि तृणस्य जन्मसाफल्यम् । यत्सलिलमज्जनाकुलजनहस्तावलम्बनं भवति ॥ Pt.1.28.; sustaining, supporting; Me.4. -3 Receptacle, abode; U.6.1 (v. l.). -4 Reason, cause. -5 Base. -6 (In Rhet.) That on which a रस or sentiment, as it were, hangs, person or thing with reference to which a sentiment arises, the natural and necessary connection of sentiment with the cause which excites it. The causes (विभाव) giving rise to a Rasa are classified as two :-- आलम्बन and उद्दीपन; e. g. in the Bībhatsa sentiment stinking flesh &c. is the आलम्बन of the Rasa, and the attendant circumstances which enhance the feeling of loathing (the worms &c. in the flesh) are its उद्दीपनानि (exciters); for the other Rasas see S. D.21-238. -8 The mental exercise practised by the Yogin in endeavouring to bring before his thoughts the gross form of the Eternal. -9 Silent repetition of a prayer. -1 (With Buddhists) The five attributes of things corresponding to five senses, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द. 11 Dharma or law corresponding to manas. |
| |
| āvaśyaka | आवश्यक a. (-की f.) [अवश्य वुञ्] Inevitable, necessary; ऐतष्वावश्यकस्त्वसौ Bhāṣā. P.22,2. -कम् 1 Necessity, inevitable act or duty. ˚कृ to do what nature compels one to do; उत्थायावश्यकं कृत्वा Ms.4.93; Bhāg.9.4.37. -2 An inevitable conclusion. -Comp. -बृहद्वृत्तम् N. of a Jaina work. |
| |
| āvirbhū | आविर्भू 1 P. To become manifest, appear, become visible, show oneself to; तमस्तपति घर्मांशौ कथमाविर्भष्यति Ś.5.14; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परिम्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2; आविर्बभूव कुशगर्भमुखं मृगाणां यूथम् R.9.55; आविर्भूतप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me. आविर्भावः āvirbhāvḥ आविर्भूतिः āvirbhūtiḥ आविर्भावः आविर्भूतिः f. 1 Manifestation, presence, appearance. -2 An incarnation. -3 Nature or property of things. |
| |
| āvaraṇa | आवरण a. Covering, hiding, obscuring, obstructing; नेत्रावरणमश्रु R.14.71. -णम् 1 Covering, concealing, hiding, obscuring; सूर्ये तपत्यावरणाय दृष्टेः कल्पेत लोकस्य कथं तमिस्रा R.5.13,19.46,19.16. -2 Shutting, enclosing, fencing. -3 A covering, anything that covers or protects &c.; हस्तौ स्वौ नयति स्तनावरणताम् M.4. 14; Ś.3.21; (fig.) protection, defence; शीलमावरणं स्त्रियाः Rām.; चरित्रावरणाः स्त्रियः Chāṇ.76. -4 Obstruction, interruption, restraint (of bashfulness &c.); कालेनावरणात्ययात् U.1.39. -5 An enclosure, fence, surrounding wall; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे R.16.7; Ki.5.25. -6 A bolt, latch. -7 A shield. -8 An armour; आक्षिप्तचापावरणेषु जालानि Ki.17.59. -9 (in phil.) mental blindness (Jaina). -Comp. -शक्तिः mental ignorance (which veils the real nature of things). |
| |
| āhārya | आहार्य pot. p. 1 To be taken or seized. अनीहया गताहार्यनिर्वर्तितनिजक्रियः Bhāg.1.86.14. -2 To be fetched or brought near. -3 To be extracted or removed. -4 To be pervaded (व्याप्य). -5 Artificial, adventitious, incidental, external, accessary; आहार्यशोभारहितैरमायैः Bk. 2.14; न रम्यमाहार्यमपेक्षते गुणम् Ki.4.23; निसर्गसुभगस्य किमा- हार्यकाडम्बरेण Malli. on Ku.7.2. -6 Purposed, intended (as for instance, the identification or आरोप of उपमान or उपमेय in रूपक of which the speaker is fully cognisant); अयं चन्द्रो मुखमित्यादौ चन्द्रभिन्ने मुखे चन्द्राभेदज्ञानं तच्चाहार्यमेव Tv. -7 Conveyed or effected by decoration or ornamentation, one of the 4 kinds of अभिनय q. v. -8 To be eaten. -9 To be worshipped (as Agni). -र्यः A kind of bandage (बन्ध). -र्यम् 1 Any disease to be treated by means of extracting. -2 Extraction. -3 A vessel. -4 The ornamentative part of the drama, such as dress, decoration &c. -शोभा Adventitious beauty (not natural). |
| |
| iti | इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story. |
| |
| ucita | उचित p. p. 1 Fit, proper, right, suitable; उचित- स्तदुपालम्भः U.3; usually with inf.; उचितं न ते मङ्गलकाले रोदितुम् Ś.4. -2 Usual, customary; उचितेषु करणीयेषु Ś.4.7.12; K.64; M.3.3. -3 Accustomed or used to, in comp.; नीवारभागधेयोचितैः R.1.5,2.25;3.54,6; 11.9; चन्दनोचितः Ki.1.34. -4 Praiseworthy. -5 Delightful, agreeable, pleasurable. -6 Known, understood. -7 Entrusted, deposited. -8 Measured, accurate, adjusted (मित). -9 Acceptable (ग्राह्य). -1 Natural (स्वभावसिद्ध); उचितं च महाबाहुर्न जहौ हर्षमात्मवान् Rām.2.19.37 -ज्ञ n. Knowing what is becoming, proper or convenient. |
| |
| uttara | उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone. |
| |
| utpātika | उत्पातिक a. Supernatural; Jaina. |
| |
| upaliṅgam | उपलिङ्गम् A portent, natural phenomenon, considered as boding evil. |
| |
| upaśrutiḥ | उपश्रुतिः f. 1 Hearing, listening. -2 Range of hearing. -3 A supernatural voice heard at night, and personified as a nocturnal deity revealing the future; नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किंचिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा देवप्रश्नमुप- श्रुतिम् ॥ Hārāvali; परिजनो$पि चास्याः सततमुपश्रुत्यै निर्जगाम K.65. -4 Aspect of the stars, fortune-telling. -5 Promise, assent. -6 Rumour, report; नोपश्रुतिं कटुकां नोत मुक्ताम् Mb.5.3.5. -7 Inclusion, incorporation (अन्तर्भाव); यथा त्रयाणां वर्णानां संख्यातोपश्रुतिः पुरा Mb.12.64.6. -8 N. of a deity; अनेनैव व्रतेन तपसा चान्विता देवीं वरदामुपश्रुतिमाह्वय Mb.12.342.48. |
| |
| upaplavaḥ | उपप्लवः 1 Misfortune, evil, calamity, distress, adversity; अथ मदनवधूरुपप्लवान्तं ... परिपालयाम्बभूव Ku.4.46; जीवन्पुनः शश्वदुपप्लवेभ्यः प्रजाः पासि R.2.48; -2 (a) An unluky accident, injury, trouble; कच्चिन्न वाय्वादिरुपप्लवो वः R.5.6; Me.17. (b) An obstacle, impediment; तौ (अर्थकामौ) हि तत्त्वावबोधस्य दुरुच्छेदावुपप्लवौ Ki.11.2. -3 Oppression, harassing, troubling; उपप्लवाय लोकानां धूमकेतुरिवोत्थितः Ku. 2.32. -4 Danger, fear; see उपप्लविन् below. -5 Agitation, perturbation; इन्द्रिय˚ K.146. -6 A portent or natural phenomenon foreboding evil. -7 Particularly, an eclipse of the sun or moon; चन्द्रमिवोपप्लवान्मुक्तम् V.I.11. -8 N. of Rāhu, the ascending node, केतूपप्लवभौममन्दगतयः षष्ठे तृतीये शुभाः. -9 Anarchy. -1 N. of Śiva. -11 Doubt, scepticism (with Buddhists). -12 Loss, absence; मायया विभ्रमच्चित्तो न वेद स्मृत्युपप्लवात् Bhāg.1.84.25. |
| |
| upasargaḥ | उपसर्गः 1 Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a disease; also a disease superinduced on another; क्षीणं हन्युश्चोपसर्गाः प्रभूताः Suśr. -2 Misfortune, trouble, calamity, injury, harm; प्रशमिताशेषोपसर्गाः प्रजाः Ratn.1.1; सोपसर्गं वो नक्षत्रम् M.4. sorrow; आपेदे उपसर्गस्तं तमः सूर्यमिवासुरम् Rām.2.63.2. -3 Portent, natural phenomenon foreboding evil. -4 An eclipse. -5 An indication or symptom of death. -6 Addition. -7 Possession by an evil spirit. -8 A preposition prefixed to roots; निपाताश्चादयो ज्ञेयाः प्रादयस्तूपसर्गकाः । द्योतकत्वात् क्रियायोगे लोकादवगता इमे ॥ उपसर्गास्तु विज्ञेयाः क्रियायोगेन विंशतिः । विवेचयन्ति ते ह्यर्थं नामाख्यातविभक्तिषु ॥ बृहद्देवता; आख्यातमुपगृह्यार्थविशेषमिमे तस्यैव सृजन्तीत्युपसर्गाः । Durga under Nirukta 1.3. उपेत्य नामाख्यातयोरर्थस्य विशेषं सृजन्त्युत्पादयन्ती- त्युपसर्गाः । Skanda. The नाट्यशास्त्र defines उपसर्ग thus: प्रातिपदिकार्थयुक्तं धात्वर्थमुपसृजन्ति ये स्वार्थैः । उपसर्गा उपदिष्टास्तस्मात् संस्कारशास्त्रे$स्मिन् ॥ A poetaster has framed the following समस्यापूरण stanza with the rule उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे (Pāṇini I.4.59); उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे पाणिनेरपि संमयम् । निष्क्रियो$पि तवारातिः सोपसर्गः सदा कथम् ॥ Upasargas are 2 in number:- प्र, परा, अप, सम्, अनु, अव, निस् or निर्, दुस् or दुर्, वि, आ (ङ्), नि, अधि, अपि, अति, सु, उत्, अभि, प्रति, परि, उप; or 22 if निस्-निर् and दुस्-दुर् be taken as separate words. There are two theories as to the character of these prepositions. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (अनेकार्था हि धातवः); when prepositions are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those meanings already existent but hidden in them, but they do not express them, being meaningless themselves; cf. Śi.1.15:- सन्तमेव चिरमप्रकृतत्वादप्रकाशितमदिद्युतदङ्गे । विभ्रमं मधुमदः प्रमदानां धातुलीनमुपसर्ग इवार्थम् ॥ According to the other theory prepositions express their own independent meanings; they modify, intensify, and sometimes entirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. Sk.:- उपसर्गेण धात्वर्थो बलादन्यत्र नीयते । प्रहाराहारसंहारविहारपरिहारवत् ॥ cf. also धात्वर्थं बाधते कश्चित्कश्चित्तमनुवर्तते । तमेव विशिनष्टयन्य उपसर्गगतिस्त्रिधा ॥ (The latter theory appears to be more correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta). -9 An obstacle; ते समाधावुपसर्गा व्युत्थाने सिद्धयः । योगसूत्रs 3.39. |
| |
| upādānam | उपादानम् 1 Taking, receiving, acquisition, obtaining; विश्रब्धं ब्राह्मणः शूद्राद् द्रव्योपादानमाचरेत् Ms.8.417; 12.7; विद्या˚ K.75. -2 Taking away, appropriating to oneself. -3 Employment, using; becoming familiar with. -4 Mention, enumeration; किमास्योपादाने प्रयोजनम् Mbh.I.1.9. -5 Saying, speaking. -6 Including, containing. -7 Withdrawing the organs of sense and perception from the external world and its objects. -8 A cause; motive, natural or immediate cause; पाटवोपादानः भ्रमः U.3. v. l.; प्रकृष्टपुण्य- परिपाकोपादानो महिमा स्यात् U.6. -9 The material out of which anything is made, the material cause; निमित्तमेव ब्रह्म स्यादुपादानं च वेक्षणात् adhikaraṇamālā. -1 A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, conveys another (in addition to that which is actually expressed); स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः ... उपादानम् K. P.2. -11 (With Buddhists) conception; grasping at or clinging to existence (caused by तृष्णा and causing भव). (With Rāmānujas) preparation (of perfumes, flowers &c. as one of the five elements of worship). -12 Effort of body or speech. -13 N. of the four contentments mentioned in सांख्यकारिका as प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -Comp. -कारणम् a material cause; प्रकृतिश्चोपादान- कारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. -लक्षणा = अजहत्स्वार्था q. v.; see K. P.2; S. D.14. |
| |
| upādhiḥ | उपाधिः 1 Fraud, deceit, trick. -2 Deception, disguise (in Vedānta). -3 Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; तदुपाधावेव संकेतः K. P.2. It is of four kinds :-जाति, गुण, क्रिया, संज्ञा. -4 A title, nick-name; (भट्टाचार्य, महामहोपाध्याय, पण्डित &c.); बी. ए. इत्युपाधिधारिणः (modern use). -5 Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); न ह्युपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् Mbh.I.3.2 अनुपाधिरमणीयो देशः Prob. a country altogether (or naturally) beautiful; (oft. occurring in Vedānta Phil.); देहाद्युपाधिरचितो भेदः Ś. B.; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन्प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -6 A trace, mark; भौमा उपाधयः Mv.7.22. -7 A purpose, occasion, object. -8 (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; साध्यव्यापकत्वे सति साधनाव्यापक उपाधिः; as आर्द्रेन्धनम् (wet fuel) is the उपाधि of the hetu वह्निमत्त्व in the inference पर्वतो धूमवान् वह्नेः. -9 Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. -1 A man who is careful to support his family. -11 An incidental purpose, an additional adjunct (which does not modify the original idea to which it is added). काष्ठाहरणे शाकाहरण- मुपाधिः क्रियते इति । किमिदमुपाधिः क्रियत इति । काष्ठाहरणाधिकार- समीपे द्वितीयं कर्मोपाधीयते । सति काष्ठाहरणे इदमपरं कर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2; also ŚB. on MS.12.4.13. -Comp. -कर a. That which comes only incidentally adding another adjunct or उपाधि. उपाधिकरः एषः । यथा काष्ठान्याहर्तुं प्रस्थित उच्यते भवता शाकमप्याहर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2. -12 A substitute, substitution; उपाधिर्न मया कार्यो वनवासे जुगुप्सितः Rām.2.111.29. |
| |
| upānah | उपानह् f. [उप-नह्-क्विप् उपसर्गदीर्घः] A sandal, shoe; उपानद्गूढपादस्य सर्वा चर्मावृतेव भूः H.1.122; Ms.2.246; श्वा यदि क्रियते राजा स किं नाश्नात्युपानहम् H.3.51; cf. 'What is bred in the bones cannot go out of flesh', or 'Habit is second nature'. |
| |
| uru | उरु a. [उर्णु-कु नुलोपो ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.31] (-रु-र्वी f.; compar. वरीयस्; super. वरिष्ठ) 1 Wide, spacious. -2 Great, large; जातःकुले तस्य किलोरुकीर्तिः R.6.74. -3 Excessive, much, abundant; धनान्युरूणि Śi.3.76. -4 Excellent, precious, valuable. n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. ind. Far, far off (Ved.). -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a mountain. -2 the ocean. -कालः, -कालकः the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis (इन्द्रवारुणी). -कीर्ति a. renowned, wellknown; तवोरुकीर्तिः श्वशुरः सखा मे R.14.74. -कृत् a. making room, granting space; increasing; उरुकृदुरु णस्कृधि Rv. 8.75.11. -क्रम a. Ved. 1 taking wide strides. शं नो विष्णु- रुरुक्रमः Tait. Up.1.1.1. -2 of high rank. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation; उरुक्रमस्याखिलबन्धमुक्तये समाधिनानुस्मर तद्विचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.5.13. -क्षय a. having spacious dwellings. (-यः) a spacious dwelling. उरुक्षयेषु दीद्यत् Rv.1.118.8. -क्षितिः f. Ved. a spacious dwelling; उरुक्षितिं सुजनिमा चकार Rv.7.1.4. -गाय a. 1 sung or praised by the great; Asvad.16. एष पन्था उरुगायः सुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13, उरुगायोरुगीतो वा पश्यन्तीनां कुतः पुनः Bhāg.1.9.26. -2 offering wide scope for movement. (-यः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the Āśvins, Soma and Indra. -2 wide space or space; (-यम् also). -3 praise. -ग्राहः Great restraint; उरुग्राहगृहीतानां गदां बिभ्रद् वृकोदरः Mb.5. 51.7. -चक्रि a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; अहोश्चिदस्मा उरुचक्रिरद्भुतः Rv.2.26. 4. -चक्षस् a. Ved. far-seeing; समख्ये देव्या धिया संदक्षिणयो- रुचक्षसा Vāj.4.23. -जन्मन् a. nobly born; वह्नेरपां दग्धुरिवोरुजन्मा M.5.17. -ज्मन् a. having a wide path or range; न उरुष्या ण उरुज्मन्नप्रयुच्छन् Av.6.4.3. -ज्रयस्, -ज्रि a. of great speed, of mighty impetus. -तापः great heat. -धार a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow). -प्रथस् a. wide-spreading, far-spread. -माणः N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. वायवरणा). -मार्गः a long road. -लोक a. widely illuminating; or widely extended; ममान्तिरिक्षमुरुलोकमस्तु Rv.128.2. (-कः) the best world. (-कम्) the intermediate region between earth and heaven. -विक्रम a. valiant, mighty. -व्यचस् a. P.VI.1.17 Vārt.4. widely extended, extensive. उरुव्यचाः कण्टकः Mbh. on P.VI.1.17. -m. a malignant spirit, an imp. -व्यञ्च् a. Ved. 1 farreaching, capacious. -2 perceived in a distant place (as a sound); तुविक्षत्रामजरन्तीमुरूचीम् Vāj.21.5. -शंस a. 1 to be praised by many. -2 reigning over a wide region. -3 praising aloud. -शर्मन् a. Ved. widely pervading; Vāj.1.9. -षा a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope; महीमस्मभ्यमुरुषामुरु ज्रयो Rv.5. 44.6. -सत्त्व a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; सिंहोरुसत्त्वं निजगाद सिंहः R.2.33; magnanimous, of a noble nature. -स्वन a. having a loud voice, stentorian. -हारः a valuable necklace. |
| |
| uṣṭraḥ | उष्ट्रः [उष्-ट्रन्-किच्च Uṇ.4.161.] 1 Camel; अथोष्ट्रवामी- शतवाहितार्थम् R.5.32; Ms.3.162,4.12,11.22. -2 A buffalo. -3 A bull with a hump. -4 A cart or carriage. -ष्ट्री 1 A she-camel. -2 An earthen vessel in the shape of a camel. -3 Bignonia Spathacea (Mar. मेडशिंगी). [cf. Pers. ushtar; Zend ustra.] -Comp. -अक्षः A camel-eyed (horse) उष्ट्राक्षाः प्रियदर्शनाश्च सुभगाः श्वासैः सुगन्धैश्च ये; Bhoja's Śālilhotra. -कर्णिका (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants, in the south. -काण्डी A thistle dear to camels, Echinops echinatus (Mar. उंटकटारी). -क्रोशिन् a. making a noise like a camel. -गोयुगम् a couple of camels; यथा गोस्तद्वदुष्ट्रस्य युगं उष्ट्रगो- युगम् Mbh. on P.V.2.29. -ग्रीवः, -शिरोधरः piles. -निषदनम् A particular posture among Yogins. -पादिका Jasminum Zambac (Mar. मोगरा). -प्रमाणः A kind of fabulous eight-footed animal शरभ. -यानम् camel- litter. |
| |
| ūrdhva | ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला). |
| |
| ṛta | ऋत a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Proper, right. -2 Honest, true; सर्वमेतदृतं मन्ये यन्मां वदसि केशव Bg.1.14; Ms.8.82. -3 Worshipped, respected. -4 Bright, luminous (दीप्त) -5 Gone, risen, moved, affected by; सुखेन ऋतः = सुखार्तः ऋते च तृतीयासमासे Vārt. on P.VI.1.89; so दुःखः˚, काम˚. -तम् ind. Rightly, properly. -तः 1 A sacrifice. -2 The sun (n. also). -तम् (Not usually found in classical literature) 1 A fixed or settled rule, law (religious). -2 Sacred custom, pious action. यस्तनोति सतां सेतुमृतेनामृतयोनिना Mb.12.47.49. -3 Divine law, divine truth. -4 Absolution. मर्त्यानामृतमिच्छताम् Bhāg.1.16.7. -5 Water; सत्यं त्वा ऋतेन परिषिञ्चामि. -6 Truth (in general), right; ऋतं वदिष्यामि T. Up.1.1.1. ऋतानृते Ms.1.29, 2.52,8.61,14. -7 Truth (personified as an object of worship; in later Sanskrit regarded as a child of Dharma). -8 Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); ऋतमुञ्च्छशिलं वृत्तम् Ms.4.4. -9 The fruit of an action; एकं चक्रं वर्तते द्वादशारं षण्णाभिमेकाक्षमृतस्य धारणम् Mb.1.3. 62. -1 Agreeable speech; ऋतं च सूनृता वाणी कविभिः परिकीर्तिता Bhāg.11.19.38. -11 N. of an Āditya. -12 The Supreme Spirit. (In the Vedas ऋत is usually interpreted by Sāyaṇa to mean 'water', 'sun' or 'sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the sense of 'divine truth', 'faith' &c.). -Comp. -जा, -जात a. Ved. 1 of a true nature, sprung from sacred truth; अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.4.5. -2 Well-made, excellent; Rv.3.58.8. -जातसत्य a. (Sāy.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true result. -जित् a. Ved. gaining the right; Vāj.17.83. -ज्ञा a. (Sāy.) knowing the sacrifice, familiar with the sacred law. -द्युम्न a. shining with truth; Rv.9. 113.4. -धामन् a. 1 of a true or pure nature. -2 having an imperishable place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -धीति a. Ved. of true disposition; or receiving true praise. -ध्वजः N. of Śiva. -नी a. leading in the right way; Rv.2.27.12. -पर्णः = ऋतुपर्णः q. v. -पेयः a sacrifice lasting one day. -पेशस् a. Ved. having a perfect shape; Rv.5.66.1. -m. one whose form consits of water; i. e. Varuṇa. -प्सुः 1 a god who consumes sacrificial food; Rv.1.18.3. -2 one whose form is truth. -युक्तिः f. true application of a hymn; Rv.1.61.1. -युज् a. going to sacrifice. -वाकः Ved. true speech; Rv.9.113.2. -सद् a. dwelling in the sacrifice or truth; Rv.4.4.5. -m. fire, -सदनम् -नी the right or usual alter. -साप् a. pervading truth; steady in religious belief. -सामन् n. N. of a Sāman; Ārṣeya Br. -स्था a. standing right; स हि दिवः स पृथिव्या ऋतस्था. Av.4.1.4. |
| |
| ṛtāvan | ऋतावन् a. Ved. 1 Bestowing food; ऋतावरनं मघवान- मीमहे Mbh. on P.V.2.19. -2 Possessed of sacrifice. -3 Of true nature or character; according to fixed order, pious. |
| |
| ṛddhiḥ | ऋद्धिः f. [ऋध्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Growth, increase. नियमर्द्धये Bhāg.12.8.9. -2 Success, prosperity; affluence, good fortune. तेषामृद्धिरतीवात्र Bhāg.3.139.8. -3 Elevation, exaltation, greatness. संजीवितः शिशुरसौ मम चेयमृद्धिः U.2.11. -4 (a) Extent, magnitude, excellence; परिच्छिन्नप्रभावर्द्धिर्न मया न च विष्णुना Ku.2.58. (b) Grandeur, magnificence; व्यक्तर्धि वः क्रीडितम् Māl.5.22. -5 Supernatural power or supremacy, perfection. -6 Accomplishment. -7 Prosperity personified as the wife of Kubera. -8 N. of Pārvatī, and of Lakṣmī. -9 N. of a medicinal plant; (Mar. केवणी, मुरुडशेंग) -1 magic; M. W. -Comp. -काम a. desiring increase or prosperity. -साक्षात्क्रिया manifestation of supernatural power. |
| |
| lṛ | लृ ind. 1 The earth. -2 A mountain. -3 The mother of the gods. -4 The female nature. -5 A mystical letter. (N. B. - No Sanskrit word begins with लृ or लॄ, except some of the technical names of Pāṇini for tenses and moods; e. g. लृङ् and लृट्). cf. also लृर्म्लेच्छो$ |
| |
| lṝ | लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. |
| |
| ekībhāvaḥ | एकीभावः 1 Combination, association. -2 Common nature or property. |
| |
| aikabhāvyam | ऐकभाव्यम् Singleness of nature or purpose. |
| |
| autpattika | औत्पत्तिक a. (-की f.) [उत्पत्ति-ठक्] 1 Inborn, innate, natural; तन्निशम्याथ हर्यश्वा औत्पत्तिकमनीषया Bhāg.6.5.1. -2 Produced at the same time. -3 Eternal; औत्पत्तिको हि नामिनाम्नोः सम्बन्धः ŚB. on MS.6.8.4. cf. also औत्पत्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धः MS.1.1.5. (औत्पत्तिकमिति नित्यं ब्रूमः ŚB. on MS.1.1.5); Bhāg.3.15.45. -कम् Nature, temperament; औत्पत्तिकेनैव संहननबलोपेताः Bhāg. 5.2.21. |
| |
| autsargika | औत्सर्गिक a. (-की f.) [उत्सर्ग-ठञ्] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. -4 Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -6 Produced naturally or directly. -7 Derivative. |
| |
| aurasa | औरस a. (-सी f.) [उरसा निर्मितः अण्] 1 Produced from the breast, born of oneself, legitimate; Ś.7; V.5; इत्थं नागस्त्रिभुवनगुरोरौरसं मौथिलेयम् R.16.88. -2 Physical, bodily; विद्याबलमुपाश्रित्य न ह्यस्त्यस्यौरसं बलम् Mb.3.11.31. -3 Natural; निदर्शयन् वै सुमहच्छिक्षौरसकृतं बलम् Mb.7.37.2. -4 Manly, virile; Mb.12.65.5. -सः, -सी A legitimate son or daughter; औरसो धर्मपत्नीजस्तत्समः पुत्रिकासुतः Y.2.128. |
| |
| auṣṭra | औष्ट्र a. (-ष्ट्री f.) [उष्ट्र-अण्] 1 Relating to, or produced from, a camel; Ms.5.8. -2 Abounding in camels. -ष्ट्रम् 1 The milk of a camel. -2 Camel-nature. -3 The skin of a buffalo. |
| |
| katham | कथम् ind. [किम्-प्रकारार्थे थमु कादेशश्च] 1 How, in what way, in what manner, whence; कथं मारात्मके त्वयि विश्वासः H.1; अथ स वैद्यः कथम् Mu.2 'well, how did the physician fare'; सानुबन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64,3.44; कथमात्मानं निवेदयामि कथं वा$$त्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1 (where the speaker is doubtful as to the propriety of what he says). -2 Oh what indeed ! (expressing surprise); कथं मामेवोद्दिशति Ś.6. -3 It is often connected with the particles इव, नाम, नु, वा, or स्वित् in the sense of, 'how indeed', 'how possibly', 'I should like to know', (where the question is generalized); कथं वा गम्यते U.3; कथं नामैतत् U.6. -4 When connected with the particles चित्, चन or अपि it means 'in every way', 'on any account', 'somehow', 'with great difficulty', 'with great efforts'; तस्य स्थित्वा कथमपि पुरः Me.3; कथमप्युन्नमितं न चुम्बितं तु Ś.3.24; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms. 4.11,5.143; कथंचिदीशा मनसां बभूवुः Ku.3.34; कथं कथमपि उत्थितः Pt.1; विसृज्य कथमप्युमाम् Ku.6.3; Me.22; Amaru.12,39,5,73; Pt.1. -5 Scarcely, hardly; कथमपि भुवने$स्मिंस्तादृशाः संभवन्ति Māl.2.9. -Comp. -कथिकः an inquisitive person. -कारम् ind. in what manner, how; कथंकारमनालम्बा कीर्तिर्द्यामधिरोहति Śi.2.52; कथंकारं भुङ्क्ते Sk; N.17.126. सो$हंकारं कथंकारं न करिष्यति मय्यरौ Śiva. B.15.17. -प्रमाण a. of what measure. -भावः what state. -भूत a. 1 how being. -2 of what nature or kind (oft. used by commentators). -रूप a. of what shape. -वीर्य a. of what power; Rām.3. |
| |
| kabalam | कबलम् A kind of natural fodder (fed to elephants), consisting of branches and leaves of certain trees; Mātaṅga L.11.27. The word occurs sometimes in a 'Dvandva compound' with 'kubala' which also means the fodder which reduces phlegm and gall. cf. कबलं नामतस्तत्तु वातलं कफपित्तहृत् । |
| |
| kara | कर a. (-रा or -री) [करोति, कीर्यते अनेन इति, कृ-कॄ-अप्] (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, makes or causes &c.; दुःख˚, सुख˚, भय˚ &c. -रः 1 A hand; करं व्याधुन्वत्याः पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.24. -2 A ray of light, beam; यमुद्धर्तुं पूषा व्यवसित इवालम्बितकरः V.4.34; also प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्वमेति बहुसाधनता । अवलम्ब- नाय दिनभर्तुरभून्न पतिष्यतः करसहस्रमपि Śi.9.6 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -3 The trunk of an elephant; सेकः सीकरिणा करेण विहितः U.3.16; Bh.3.2. -4 A tax, toll, tribute; युवा कराक्रान्तमहीमृदुच्चकैरसंशयं संप्रति तेजसा रविः Śi.1.7; (where कर means 'ray' also) (ददौ) perhaps in this sense the word is used in neuter gender also. निर्ल्लज्जो मम च करः कराणि भुङ्क्ते Pañch.2.3. अपरान्तमहीपालव्याजेन रघवे करम् R.4.58; Ms.7.128. -5 Hail. -6 A particular measure of length equal to 24 thumbs. -7 The asterism called हस्त. -8 A means or expedient. -9 A doer. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the forepart of the hand; कराग्रे वसते लक्ष्मीः. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -आघातः a stroke or blow with the hand. -आमर्दः, -आमलकः Myrobalan (Mar. करवंद). -आरोटः a finger-ring. -आलम्बः supporting with the hand, giving a helping hand. -आस्फोटः 1 the chest. -2 a blow with the hand. -3 slapping the hands together. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 a cymbal. -2 a small musical instrument. -कच्छपिका f. कूर्ममुद्रा in yoga. -कण्टकः, -कम् a finger-nail. -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like hand, beautiful hand; करकमलवितीर्णैरम्बुनीवारशष्पैः U.3.25. -कलशः, -शम् 1 the hollow of the hand (to receive water). -किसलयः, -यम् 1 'sprout-like hand', a tender hand; करकिसलयतालैर्मुग्धया नर्त्यमानम् U.3.19; Ṛs.6.3. -2 a finger. -कुड्मलम् the finger. -कृतात्मन् (Living from hand to mouth) destitute; Mb.13. -कोषः the cavity of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water; ˚पेयमम्बु Ghaṭ.22. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् 1 levying a tax. -2 taking the hand in marriage. -3 marriage. -ग्राहः 1 a husband. -2 a tax-collector. -घर्षणः, -घर्षिन् m. the churning-stick. -च्छदः the teak tree. -च्छदा N. of a tree (सिन्दूरपुष्पी; Mar. शेंद्री). -जः a fingernail; तीक्ष्णकरजक्षु- ण्णात् Ve.4.1; Śi.11.37; Bv.1.15; Amaru.85. (-जम्) a kind of perfume. -जालम् a stream of light. -तलः the palm of the hand; वनदेवताकरतलैः Ś.4.5; करतलगतमपि नश्यति यस्य तु भवितव्यता नास्ति Pt.2.128. ˚आमलकम् (lit.) an āmalaka fruit (fruit of the Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) ease and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of the hand; करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. ˚स्थ a. resting on the palm of the hand; -तलीकृ To take in the palm of the hand; ततः करतलीकृत्य व्यापि हालाहलं विषम् Bhāg.8.7.43. -तालः, -तालकम् 1 clapping the hands; स जहास दत्तकरतालमुच्चकैः Śi.15.39. -2 a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal. -तालिका, -ताली 1 clapping the hands; उच्चाटनीयः करता- लिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -2 beating time by clapping the hands. -तोया N. of a river. -द a. 1 paying taxes. -2 tributary; करदीकृताखिलनृपां मेदिनीम् Ve. 6.18. -3 giving the hand to help &c. -दक्ष a. handy, dexterous. -पत्रम् 1 a saw; तत्क्रूरदन्तकरपत्रनिकृत्तसत्त्वम् Mv.5. 29. -2 playing in water. ˚वत् m. the palm tree. -पत्रकम् a saw. -पत्रिका splashing water about while bathing or sporting in it. -पल्लवः 1 a tender hand. -2 a finger. cf. ˚किसलय. -पालः, -पालिका 1 a sword. -2 a cudgel. -पात्रम् 1 splashing water about while bathing. -2 the hand hollowed to hold anything. -पात्री A cup made of leather. -पीडनम् marriage; cf. पाणिपीडन. -पुटः 1 the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything. -2 A box, chest with a lid; तेषां रक्षणमप्यासीन्महान्करपुट- स्तथा Mb.14.65.16. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -बालः, -वालः 1 sword; अघोरघण्टः करवालपाणिर्व्यापादितः Māl.9; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1, Śi.13.6. -2 a finger-nail. -भारः a large amount of tribute. -भूः a finger-nail. -भूषणम् an ornament worn round the wrist, such as a bracelet. -मर्दः, -मर्दी, -मर्दकः N. of a plant (Carissa carandus; Mar. करवंद) -मालः smoke. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon; see आयुध. -रुहः 1 a finger-nail; अनाघ्रातं पुष्पं किसलयमलूनं कररुहैः Ś.2.11; Me.98. -2 a sword. -वालिका a small club. -वीरः, -वीरकः 1 a sword or scimitar. -2 a cemetery. -3 N. of a town in the S. M. country. -4 a kind of tree. (Mar. कण्हेर, अर्जुनसादडा); Rām.5.2.1. Māna.18.242.3. (-रा) red arsenic. (-री) 1 a woman who has borne a son, a mother. -2 N. of Aditi. -3 a good cow. (-रम्) the flower of the tree. मल्लिका, करवीरम्, बिसम्, मृणालम् Mbh. on P.IV.3.166. -शाखा a finger. -शीकरः water thrown out by an elephant's trunk. -शूकः a finger-nail. -शोथः swelling of the hands. -सादः 1 weakness of the hand. -2 the fading of rays. -सूत्रम् a marriage string worn round the wrist. -स्थालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्वनः clapping of the hands. |
| |
| karman | कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdr |